1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9098))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14905 61936))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14874
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil
)
363 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil
)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil
)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
408 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13467))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
411 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
413 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
414 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
415 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
418 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
419 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
420 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
423 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
424 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
425 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
426 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
428 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
429 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
430 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
432 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
433 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
434 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
438 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
439 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
440 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
441 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
442 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
444 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
445 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
446 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
447 as the first thing on a line.")
449 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
450 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
452 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
453 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
455 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
456 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
458 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
459 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
461 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
462 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
464 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
465 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
467 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
468 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
469 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
471 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
472 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
473 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
475 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
476 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
478 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
479 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
480 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
481 put in the appointments list.
485 10:00am group meeting
486 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
487 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
488 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
492 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
493 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
495 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
497 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
498 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
500 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
502 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
503 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
505 normal variables." t nil
)
507 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
509 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
510 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
511 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
512 noninteractive functions.
514 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
515 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
517 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
518 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
519 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
520 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
521 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
523 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
524 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
525 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
526 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
527 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
529 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
530 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
531 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
532 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
534 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
538 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
540 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
542 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
543 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
544 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
545 Letters no longer insert themselves.
546 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
547 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
549 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
550 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
553 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
557 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
560 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
561 Major mode for editing arrays.
563 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
564 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
565 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
567 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
569 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
570 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
571 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
573 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
574 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
575 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
576 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
579 Variables you assign:
580 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
581 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
582 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
583 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
584 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
585 row numbers in the buffer.
587 Variables which are calculated:
588 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
589 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
591 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
592 take a numeric prefix argument):
594 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
595 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
596 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
597 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
599 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
600 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
601 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
602 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
604 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
605 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
606 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
607 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
609 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
610 between that of point and mark.
612 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
613 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
615 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
616 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
617 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
618 newlines inside rows)
620 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
622 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
626 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924
628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
630 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
631 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
632 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
633 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
635 How to quit artist mode
637 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
640 How to submit a bug report
642 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
645 Drawing with the mouse:
648 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
649 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
653 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
656 Operation Not shifted Shifted
657 --------------------------------------------------------------
658 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
660 --------------------------------------------------------------
661 Line Line in any direction Straight line
662 --------------------------------------------------------------
663 Rectangle Rectangle Square
664 --------------------------------------------------------------
665 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
666 --------------------------------------------------------------
667 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
668 --------------------------------------------------------------
669 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
670 --------------------------------------------------------------
671 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
672 --------------------------------------------------------------
673 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
674 --------------------------------------------------------------
675 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
677 --------------------------------------------------------------
678 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
681 --------------------------------------------------------------
683 --------------------------------------------------------------
684 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
685 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
690 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
691 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
692 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
693 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
696 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
697 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
698 overwrite means the opposite.
700 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
701 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
702 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
704 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
706 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
707 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
709 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
710 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
711 are currently drawing something.
713 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
717 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
718 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
723 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
725 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
727 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
729 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
731 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
732 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
734 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
739 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
740 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
741 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
742 When erase characters: toggles erasing
743 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
746 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
748 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
750 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
751 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
752 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
753 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
754 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
755 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
760 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
761 of the line/poly-line
763 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
764 of the line/poly-line
769 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
771 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
772 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
773 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
774 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
775 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
776 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
777 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
778 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
779 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
780 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
781 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
782 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
783 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
784 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
785 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
786 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
787 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
788 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
789 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
790 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
795 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
796 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
798 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
799 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
800 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
801 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
802 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
803 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
804 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
805 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
806 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
807 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
808 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
809 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
810 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
811 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
812 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
813 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
814 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
815 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
816 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
820 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
821 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
826 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
830 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
834 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
835 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
836 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
838 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
839 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
840 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
841 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
843 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
844 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
846 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
847 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
849 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
857 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
858 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
859 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
861 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
864 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
865 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
869 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
870 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
871 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
873 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
874 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
875 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
877 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
879 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
881 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
883 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
884 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
885 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
887 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
888 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
889 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
890 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
891 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
892 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
895 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
896 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
897 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
898 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
899 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
901 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
903 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
904 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
905 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
907 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
909 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
911 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
913 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
914 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
915 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
916 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
917 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
918 &c to supply digit arguments.
920 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
924 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
925 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
928 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
929 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
933 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
934 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
937 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
938 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
939 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
941 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
942 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
943 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
944 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
946 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
947 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
948 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
950 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
952 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
954 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
956 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
957 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
958 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
959 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
961 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
962 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
966 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
967 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
968 ;;;;;; (14895 24173))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
971 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
972 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
973 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
975 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
976 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
977 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
979 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
980 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
981 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
985 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
986 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
987 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
988 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
990 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
991 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
993 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
996 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
997 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
999 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1000 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1002 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1004 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1006 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1007 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1009 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1010 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1011 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1013 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1014 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1016 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1019 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1020 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1022 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1023 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1024 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1028 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1029 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 9921))
1030 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1032 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1033 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1034 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1036 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1038 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1040 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1042 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1043 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1044 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1045 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1047 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1048 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1049 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1051 Effects of the different modes:
1052 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1053 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1054 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1055 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1056 a random distance & direction.
1057 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1058 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1059 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1061 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1063 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1064 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1065 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1073 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1074 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1075 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1076 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1077 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1079 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1083 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1084 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1087 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1088 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1090 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1091 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1095 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1096 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1097 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1098 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1100 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1102 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1106 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1107 ;;;;;; (14821 31343))
1108 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1110 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1111 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1112 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1113 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1115 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1116 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1117 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1118 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1119 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1124 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
1126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1128 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1129 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1131 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1132 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1133 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1134 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1138 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1140 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1141 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1142 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1143 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1144 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1146 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1147 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1148 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1149 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1150 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1151 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1153 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1154 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1158 Special information:
1160 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1162 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1163 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1164 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1165 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1166 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1167 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1169 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1170 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1172 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1173 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1174 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1175 bibtex-entry-format.
1176 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1177 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1178 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1180 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1181 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1183 The following may be of interest as well:
1191 bibtex-complete-string
1193 bibtex-print-help-message
1194 bibtex-generate-autokey
1195 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1197 bibtex-reposition-window
1199 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1201 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1207 bibtex-convert-alien
1210 bibtex-field-delimiters
1211 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1212 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1213 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1215 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1216 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1217 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1218 bibtex-predefined-strings
1221 ---------------------------------------------------------
1222 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1225 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1232 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1236 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1238 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1240 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1241 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1246 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1247 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1248 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1249 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1250 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1255 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1256 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1259 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1262 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1263 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1265 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1266 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1268 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1269 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1270 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1271 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1272 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1273 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1277 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1279 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1280 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1281 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1282 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1284 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1285 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1286 denoted by the letter `R'.
1288 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1289 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1290 denoted by the letter `H'.
1292 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1295 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1296 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1297 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1298 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1299 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1300 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1303 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1304 degree deflection it causes.
1307 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1308 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1309 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1310 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1311 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1312 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1313 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1314 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1317 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1318 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1321 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1322 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1323 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1324 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1325 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1326 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1327 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1328 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1331 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1332 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1333 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1334 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1335 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1336 emerging from the box.
1338 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1340 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1341 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1342 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1343 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1344 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1345 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1350 a reflection." t nil
)
1354 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1355 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1356 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1357 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1358 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1359 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14946 52018))
1360 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1361 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1362 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1363 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1365 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1366 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1367 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1368 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1369 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1370 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1372 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1374 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1376 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1378 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1380 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1382 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1384 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1386 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1388 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1390 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1392 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1394 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1396 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1398 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1399 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1400 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1401 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1402 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1403 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1404 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1405 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1408 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1409 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1410 yank successive words.
1412 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1413 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1414 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1415 name of the file being visited.
1417 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1418 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1419 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1421 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1422 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1423 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1424 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1425 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1428 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1429 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1430 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1431 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1433 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1434 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1435 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1436 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1437 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1439 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1440 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1441 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1442 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1444 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1446 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1447 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1448 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1449 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1451 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1452 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1453 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1455 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1456 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1459 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1460 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1461 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1462 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1463 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1466 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1467 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1468 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1469 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1470 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1471 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1472 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1473 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1475 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1476 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1477 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1479 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1480 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1481 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1482 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1485 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1486 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1487 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1488 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1489 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1491 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1492 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1493 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1494 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1496 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1497 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1498 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1499 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1500 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1503 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1504 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1505 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1506 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1507 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1510 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1511 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1512 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1513 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1515 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1516 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1517 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1518 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1519 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1521 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1523 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1525 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1526 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1527 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1528 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1529 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1532 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1533 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1534 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1536 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1537 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1538 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1539 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1540 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1543 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1544 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1545 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1549 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1551 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1552 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1553 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1555 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1556 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1557 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1558 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1559 prompts for NEWNAME.
1560 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1561 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1562 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1564 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1565 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1568 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1569 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1570 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1572 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1573 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1574 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1575 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1576 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1577 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1579 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1580 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1581 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1583 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1585 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1587 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1589 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1591 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1593 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1595 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1597 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1599 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1601 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1603 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1605 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1610 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1611 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1612 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1613 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1614 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1615 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1616 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1617 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14930 62509))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1620 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1621 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1622 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1623 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1625 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1626 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1627 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1628 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1629 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1631 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1632 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1633 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1634 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1635 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1637 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1638 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1640 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1641 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1642 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1644 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1645 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1647 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1648 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1649 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1650 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1651 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1652 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1654 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1655 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1656 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1657 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1660 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1661 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1663 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1664 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1666 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1667 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1668 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1669 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1671 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1672 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1673 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1674 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1677 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1678 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1679 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1680 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1683 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1684 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1685 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1686 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1688 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1689 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1690 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1691 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1693 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1694 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1696 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1697 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1698 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1699 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1701 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1702 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1703 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1704 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1706 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1707 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1709 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1710 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1712 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1713 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1714 program is invoked according to the variable
1715 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1717 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1718 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1719 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1720 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1722 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1723 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1725 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1726 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1727 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1729 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1730 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1731 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1732 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1734 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1735 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1736 Default to the URL around or before point.
1738 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1739 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1740 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1742 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1743 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1744 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1745 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1747 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1748 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1751 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1754 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1755 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1756 Default to the URL around or before point.
1758 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1759 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1760 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1762 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1763 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1767 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1768 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1770 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1771 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1772 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1773 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1774 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1777 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1778 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1779 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1781 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1782 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1783 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1784 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1786 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1787 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1789 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1790 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1791 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1793 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1794 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1795 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1796 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1797 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1800 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1801 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1802 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1803 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1811 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1812 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1813 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1821 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1822 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1824 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1825 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1830 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14886 21309))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1833 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1834 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1835 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1836 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1838 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1839 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1840 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1841 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1843 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1844 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1847 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1849 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1850 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1851 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1852 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1854 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1855 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1856 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1857 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1858 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1863 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1864 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1865 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14938 58920))
1866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1868 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1869 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1870 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1872 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1873 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1874 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1875 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1877 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1878 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1879 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1880 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1882 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1884 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1885 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1887 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1888 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1889 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1890 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1891 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1893 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1894 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1895 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1896 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1898 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1899 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1900 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1902 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1903 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1904 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1905 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1906 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1907 all functions called by those functions.
1909 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1910 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1913 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1914 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1915 invoked interactively." t nil)
1917 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1918 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1919 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1920 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1921 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1922 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1924 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1925 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1926 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1927 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1934 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1936 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1940 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1941 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1944 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1945 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1946 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1947 from the cursor position." t nil)
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1955 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1956 Run the Emacs calculator.
1957 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1962 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1963 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1964 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1965 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1966 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1967 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1968 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1969 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1970 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1971 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1972 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1973 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1974 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1975 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1976 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1977 ;;;;;; (14942 61350))
1978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1980 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1981 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1982 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1984 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1985 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1986 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1987 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1990 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1991 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1992 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1993 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1994 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1996 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1997 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1998 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
1999 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2000 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2001 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2002 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2004 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2005 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2006 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2007 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2008 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2010 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2011 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2012 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2014 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2015 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2016 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2018 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2019 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2020 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2022 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2023 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2024 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2027 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2028 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2029 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2031 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2032 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2033 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2035 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2037 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2038 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2039 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2041 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2044 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2045 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2046 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2048 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2051 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2052 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2053 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2055 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2056 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2057 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2058 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2059 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2061 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2062 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2063 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2064 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2065 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2066 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2067 a function is also provided for this:
2068 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2070 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2071 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2072 date is not visible in the window.
2074 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2075 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2076 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2078 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2079 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2081 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2082 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2083 date is visible in the window.
2085 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2086 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2087 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2089 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2090 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2094 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2096 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2098 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2099 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2101 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2109 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2110 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2111 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2112 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2113 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2114 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2115 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2116 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2119 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2120 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2121 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2129 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2130 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2132 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2133 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2134 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2135 window but will appear in a diary window.
2137 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2138 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2140 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2141 entries (in the default American style):
2143 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2144 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2145 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2147 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2148 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2149 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2150 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2151 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2152 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2153 &* 15 time cards due.
2155 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2156 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2157 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2161 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2162 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2163 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2164 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2165 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2166 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2168 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2169 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2170 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2172 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2174 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2176 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2177 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2178 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2179 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2180 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2181 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2182 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2183 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2184 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2186 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2187 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2188 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2189 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2190 for these functions for details.
2192 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2193 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2195 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2196 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2198 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2199 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2201 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2202 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2204 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2205 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2206 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2208 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2209 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2210 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2212 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2213 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2214 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2215 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2217 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2218 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2219 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2220 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2228 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2229 characters with or without a period.")
2231 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2232 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2233 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2235 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2236 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2239 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2240 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2241 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2243 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2244 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2245 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2247 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2248 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2249 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2250 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2251 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2252 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2254 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2255 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2256 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2258 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2259 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2260 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2263 #include \"filename\"
2265 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2266 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2267 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2268 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2269 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2271 For example, you could use
2273 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2274 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2275 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2277 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2278 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2279 lexicographic order.")
2281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2282 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2285 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2286 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2287 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2290 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2291 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2292 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2293 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2294 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2295 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2296 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2298 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2299 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2300 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2301 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2302 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2303 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2304 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2305 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2307 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2308 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2309 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2310 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2311 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2314 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2315 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2317 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2318 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2319 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2321 #include \"filename\"
2322 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2323 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2324 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2325 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2326 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2328 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2329 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2330 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2331 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2332 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2333 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2335 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2336 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2337 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2340 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2341 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2342 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2343 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2344 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2346 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2348 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2349 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2350 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2352 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2354 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2356 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2358 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2360 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2364 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2366 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2367 *User defined holidays.
2368 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2370 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2372 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2374 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2376 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2378 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2380 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2382 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2384 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2386 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2388 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2392 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2394 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2395 *Christian holidays.
2396 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2398 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2400 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2402 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2404 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2406 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2407 *Sun-related holidays.
2408 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2410 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2412 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2413 The frame set up of the calendar.
2414 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2415 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2416 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2417 any other value the current frame is used.")
2419 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2420 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2421 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14895 37805))
2426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2428 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2429 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2431 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2432 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2434 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2435 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2437 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2438 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2440 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2441 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2443 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2444 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2449 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2450 ;;;;;; (14895 24174))
2451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2453 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2455 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2456 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2457 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2458 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2459 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2460 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2462 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2464 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2465 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2469 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2471 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2472 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2473 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2474 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2475 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2476 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2479 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2481 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2482 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2483 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2486 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2488 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2489 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2490 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2491 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2492 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2493 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2496 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2498 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2499 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2503 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2506 Major mode for editing Java code.
2507 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2508 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2509 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2510 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2513 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2515 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2516 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2517 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2518 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2519 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2522 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2524 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2525 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2526 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2527 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2528 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2529 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2532 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2534 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2535 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2536 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2539 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2541 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2542 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2543 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2544 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2545 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2546 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2549 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2551 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2552 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2553 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2556 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2560 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2561 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14895 24174))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2564 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2565 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2566 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2567 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2568 for details of setting up styles.
2570 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2573 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2574 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2575 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2576 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2579 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2580 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2581 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2583 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2584 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2585 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2586 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2588 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2590 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2591 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2592 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2594 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2595 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2596 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2597 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2598 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14895 24174))
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2605 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2606 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2607 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2608 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2609 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2611 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2612 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2614 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2619 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2620 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2621 ;;;;;; (14946 52019))
2622 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2624 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2625 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2627 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2628 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2630 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2631 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2633 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2634 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2635 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2636 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2639 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2641 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2642 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2644 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2645 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2649 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2650 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2651 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2654 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2655 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2656 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2657 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2659 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2660 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2663 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2665 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2667 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2670 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2673 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2674 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2675 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2678 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2680 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2681 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2682 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2684 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2686 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2688 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2689 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2691 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2695 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2697 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2699 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2700 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2703 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2704 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2707 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2709 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2710 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2711 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2712 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2713 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2714 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2715 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2716 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2717 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2718 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2719 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2720 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2721 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2722 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2723 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2724 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2727 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2728 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2730 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2731 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2733 | (write EXPRESSION)
2734 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2735 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2738 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2741 ;; Same as: (write string)
2743 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2744 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2745 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2748 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2749 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2750 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2751 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2752 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2753 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2755 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2756 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2758 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2761 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2762 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2763 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2765 ARG := REG | integer
2768 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2771 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2774 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2777 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2778 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2781 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2782 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2783 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2786 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2787 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2788 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2791 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2792 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2794 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2795 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2796 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2799 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2800 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2803 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2804 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2806 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2813 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2814 ;; Same meaning as C code
2815 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2817 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2822 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2823 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2826 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2827 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2831 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2835 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2836 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2838 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2839 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2840 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2841 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2842 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2844 " nil (quote macro))
2846 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2847 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2848 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2849 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2850 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2851 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2853 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2854 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2855 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2857 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2862 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2863 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2864 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2865 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2866 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2867 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2868 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2869 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2872 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2873 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2874 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2875 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2877 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2878 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2879 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2880 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2881 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2882 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2883 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2884 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2886 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2887 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2888 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2889 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2890 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2891 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2892 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2893 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2895 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2896 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2897 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2898 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2899 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2901 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2902 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2903 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2904 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2905 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2907 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2908 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2909 Only documentation strings are checked.
2910 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2912 a separate buffer." t nil)
2914 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2915 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2917 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2918 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2920 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2921 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2923 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2925 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2927 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2928 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2929 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2931 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2932 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2933 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2934 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2935 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2938 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2939 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2940 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2941 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2942 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2944 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2945 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2946 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2949 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2950 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2951 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2952 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2954 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2955 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2956 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2957 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2959 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2960 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2961 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2962 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2964 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2965 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2966 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2967 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2969 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2970 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2971 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2972 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2974 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2975 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2976 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2977 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2979 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2980 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2981 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2982 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2984 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2985 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2986 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2987 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2989 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2990 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2991 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2993 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2994 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2995 checking of documentation strings.
2997 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3001 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3002 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3004 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3006 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3007 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3008 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3010 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3011 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3013 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3014 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3015 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3017 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3018 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3022 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3023 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31697))
3024 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3026 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3027 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3028 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3029 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3030 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3031 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3033 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3034 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3035 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3036 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3037 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3039 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3041 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3042 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3043 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3044 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3045 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3047 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3048 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3049 \\{command-history-map}
3051 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3052 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14924 25355))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3059 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3060 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3061 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3062 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3063 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3064 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3066 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3067 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3071 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3072 ;;;;;; (14893 1953))
3073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3075 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3079 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3080 ;;;;;; (14837 27695))
3081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3083 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3084 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3085 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3086 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3088 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3089 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3090 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3092 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3093 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3097 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947
3099 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3101 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3102 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3103 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3104 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3105 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3106 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3107 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3108 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3112 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3113 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3114 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14910 3328))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3117 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3118 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3119 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3122 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3123 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3124 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3125 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3127 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3128 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3129 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3131 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3132 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3133 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3135 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3136 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3137 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3139 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3140 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3142 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3143 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3144 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3146 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3147 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3149 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3150 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3152 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3153 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3154 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3158 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3159 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3160 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3162 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3164 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3165 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3166 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3167 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3168 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3169 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3170 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3171 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3173 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3175 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3176 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3177 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3178 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3179 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3180 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3181 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3182 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3184 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3186 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3187 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3188 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3189 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3190 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3191 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3193 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3194 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3195 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3197 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3199 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3200 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3201 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3203 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3205 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3206 Send COMMAND to current process.
3207 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3208 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3210 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3211 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3212 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3213 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3221 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3222 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3223 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3224 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3226 This command pushes the mark in each window
3227 at the prior location of point in that window.
3228 If both windows display the same buffer,
3229 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3230 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3232 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3233 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3234 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3238 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3239 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3240 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3241 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14916 51039))
3242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3244 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3245 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3247 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3248 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3250 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3251 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3252 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3253 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3254 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3256 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3257 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3258 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3259 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3260 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3262 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3263 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3264 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3265 describing how the process finished.")
3267 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3268 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3269 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3270 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3272 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3273 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3274 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3276 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3277 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3278 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3279 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3281 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3282 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3283 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3284 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3286 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3287 and move to the source code that caused it.
3289 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3290 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3292 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3293 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3294 Then start the next one.
3296 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3297 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3298 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3300 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3301 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3302 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3303 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3304 where grep found matches.
3306 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3307 easily repeat a grep command.
3309 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3310 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3311 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3312 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3314 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3315 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3316 Collect output in a buffer.
3317 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3318 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3320 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3321 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3323 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3324 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3325 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3326 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3327 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3329 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3331 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3332 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3333 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3334 See `compilation-mode'.
3335 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3337 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3338 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3339 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3340 See `compilation-mode'.
3341 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3343 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3344 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3346 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3347 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3349 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3350 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3351 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3352 and start at the first error.
3354 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3355 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3356 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3357 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3358 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3359 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3361 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3362 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3363 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3365 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3366 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3367 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3371 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3372 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3375 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3376 Toggle Partial-Completion mode on or off.
3377 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3379 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3381 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3383 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3385 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3386 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3387 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3389 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3390 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3391 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3392 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3394 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3395 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3396 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3397 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3399 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3400 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3401 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3402 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3406 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3407 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3408 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3410 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3411 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3415 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3416 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3417 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3418 ;;;;;; (14933 40934))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3421 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3422 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3423 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3424 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3427 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3429 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3430 | | 1:tc or top-center
3431 | | 2:tr or top-right
3432 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3433 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3434 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3435 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3436 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3437 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3439 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3440 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3441 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3442 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3445 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3446 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3447 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3449 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3453 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3457 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3460 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3461 Compose characters in the current region.
3463 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3465 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3466 specifying the region.
3468 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3469 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3471 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3472 of the text in the region.
3474 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3476 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3477 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3478 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3479 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3481 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3482 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3485 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3486 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3487 text in the composition." t nil)
3489 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3490 Decompose text in the current region.
3492 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3493 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3495 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3496 Compose characters in string STRING.
3498 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3499 the characters in it.
3501 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3502 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3503 STRING respectively.
3505 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3506 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3507 `compose-region' for more detail.
3509 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3510 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3511 text in the composition." nil nil)
3513 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3514 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3516 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3517 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3518 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3519 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3520 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3521 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3522 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3523 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3525 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3526 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3528 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3529 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3531 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3532 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3534 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3535 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3537 If no composition is found, return nil.
3539 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3540 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3542 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3543 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3544 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3546 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3548 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3550 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3551 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3552 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3554 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3556 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3558 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3559 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3561 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3562 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3563 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3564 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3565 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3566 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3567 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3570 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3572 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3573 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3575 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3577 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3578 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3580 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3582 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3583 Compose last characters.
3584 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3585 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3586 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3587 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3588 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3589 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3590 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3591 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3592 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3593 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3594 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3596 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3597 Convert CHAR to string.
3598 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3600 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3601 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3602 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3607 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3610 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3611 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3612 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3614 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3615 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3616 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3618 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3619 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3620 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3621 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3623 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3624 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3628 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3629 ;;;;;; (14938 58920))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3632 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3633 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3634 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3635 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3636 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3637 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3639 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3640 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3644 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3645 ;;;;;; (14930 62509))
3646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3648 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3650 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3651 Tab indents for Perl code.
3652 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3655 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3656 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3657 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3658 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3659 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3660 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3661 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3662 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3663 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3664 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3665 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3666 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3668 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3670 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3671 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3673 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3675 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3676 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3677 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3678 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3679 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3680 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3681 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3682 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3683 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3685 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3689 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3690 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3691 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3694 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3695 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3696 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3698 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3700 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3701 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3702 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3703 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3704 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3706 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3716 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3717 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3718 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3719 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3720 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3721 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3722 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3723 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3724 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3725 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3726 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3727 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3728 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3730 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3731 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3732 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3733 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3734 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3735 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3737 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3738 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3741 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3742 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3743 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3744 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3745 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3747 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3748 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3749 span the needed amount of lines.
3751 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3752 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3753 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3754 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3756 Variables controlling indentation style:
3757 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3758 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3759 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3760 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3761 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3762 `cperl-auto-newline'
3763 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3764 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3765 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3766 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3767 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3768 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3769 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3770 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3771 `cperl-indent-level'
3772 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3773 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3774 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3775 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3776 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3777 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3778 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3779 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3780 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3781 `cperl-brace-offset'
3782 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3783 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3784 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3785 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3786 `cperl-label-offset'
3787 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3788 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3789 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3791 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3792 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3793 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3794 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3795 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3797 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3798 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3799 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3800 \(both available from menu).
3802 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3803 column 0 is indented on
3804 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3806 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3809 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3810 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3811 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3815 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3816 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3819 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3820 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3821 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3822 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3823 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3825 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3826 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3831 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3834 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3835 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3836 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3837 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3839 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3840 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3842 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3844 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3846 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3847 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3848 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3850 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3854 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3855 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
3856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3858 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3859 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3860 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3861 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3863 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3864 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3865 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3866 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3868 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3869 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3870 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3872 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3873 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3876 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3877 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3878 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3880 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3882 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3883 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3884 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3888 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3889 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3890 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3891 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3892 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3893 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3894 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3895 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3896 ;;;;;; (14955 64849))
3897 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3898 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3900 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3901 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3903 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3904 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3906 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3907 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3909 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3911 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3912 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3914 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3915 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3917 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3918 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3920 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3921 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3923 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3924 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3926 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3928 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3929 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3930 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3931 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3933 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3934 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3936 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3937 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3939 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3940 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3942 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3944 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3945 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3946 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3947 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3948 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3950 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3951 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3953 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3954 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3956 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3958 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3959 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3961 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3962 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3963 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3964 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3965 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3967 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3968 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3971 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3973 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3974 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3975 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3977 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3978 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3979 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3981 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3982 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3985 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3987 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3988 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3990 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3991 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3992 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3993 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3994 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3995 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3996 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3998 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3999 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4000 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4002 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4003 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4005 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4006 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4008 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4009 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4010 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4011 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4012 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4013 that option." nil nil)
4015 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4016 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4017 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4018 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4019 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4020 that option." nil nil)
4022 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4023 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4025 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4026 File used for storing customization information.
4027 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4028 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4029 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4031 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4032 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4033 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4034 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4036 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4037 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4039 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4040 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4042 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4043 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4044 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4046 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4047 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4048 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4049 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4050 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4054 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4055 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4058 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4059 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4061 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4062 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4063 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4065 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4067 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4068 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4069 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4071 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4076 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
4077 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4079 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4080 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4084 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4085 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4088 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4089 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4091 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4092 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4093 C++ modes are included.
4095 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4100 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4101 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4103 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4104 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4106 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4110 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4111 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4112 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
4113 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4115 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4116 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4118 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4119 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4121 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4122 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4123 For readability, the table is slightly
4124 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4126 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4127 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4128 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4129 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4130 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4134 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4135 ;;;;;; (14962 47398))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4138 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4140 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4142 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4143 Completion on current word.
4144 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4145 and presents suggestions for completion.
4147 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4148 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4151 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4152 then it searches *all* buffers.
4154 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4155 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4157 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4158 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4160 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4161 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4162 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4163 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4164 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4166 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4167 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4169 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4170 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4171 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4173 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4174 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4176 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4180 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4184 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4185 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4187 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4188 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4189 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4191 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4192 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4193 Data lines are not indented.
4198 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4200 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4201 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4202 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4203 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4205 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4208 Extra indentation within blocks.
4210 dcl-continuation-offset
4211 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4214 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4216 dcl-margin-label-offset
4217 Indentation for a label.
4219 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4220 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4222 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4223 dcl-block-end-regexp
4224 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4225 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4226 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4227 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4228 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4230 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4231 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4232 Two such functions are included in the package:
4233 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4234 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4236 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4237 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4238 One such function is included in the package:
4239 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4241 dcl-tab-always-indent
4242 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4243 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4246 dcl-electric-characters
4247 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4250 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4251 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4252 which words trigger electric indentation.
4255 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4256 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4257 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4259 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4260 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4261 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4262 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4264 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4265 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4266 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4267 dcl-imenu-label-call
4268 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4270 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4271 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4272 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4273 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4276 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4278 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4279 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4280 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4282 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4283 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4287 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4288 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4289 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4290 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4291 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4292 \"lined up with the command line\"
4294 Data lines are not indented at all.
4295 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4302 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4303 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4306 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4308 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4309 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4310 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4313 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4314 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4315 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4317 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4318 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4319 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4320 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4321 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4322 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4323 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4325 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4326 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4327 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4331 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4332 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4335 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4336 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4338 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4339 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4340 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4341 Upper-case letters are commands.
4343 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4346 The most useful commands are:
4347 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4348 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4349 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4350 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4351 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4352 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4356 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4357 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4361 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4362 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4364 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4365 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4367 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4369 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4370 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4372 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4376 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4380 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4381 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4382 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4383 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4384 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4385 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4387 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4391 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4392 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4393 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4394 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4395 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4396 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4397 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4398 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4399 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4400 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4401 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4402 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4404 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4405 Directories to search when finding external units.
4406 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4407 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4411 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4412 Face used to color delphi comments.
4413 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4414 Face used to color delphi strings.
4415 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4416 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4417 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4418 Face used to color everything else.
4420 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4421 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4425 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4429 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4431 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4432 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4433 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4434 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4435 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4437 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4439 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4441 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4442 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4443 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4446 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4447 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4448 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4449 any selection." t nil)
4453 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4454 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328))
4455 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4457 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4458 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4460 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4462 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4463 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4464 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4465 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4466 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4467 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4468 hooks for the new mode.
4470 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4472 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4474 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4475 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4476 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4478 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4479 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4481 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4482 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4483 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4485 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4486 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4488 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4489 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4490 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4491 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4492 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4497 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4500 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4501 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4502 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4504 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4505 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4506 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4507 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4511 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4512 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4513 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4514 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4515 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4516 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4517 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4518 ;;;;;; (14775 56550))
4519 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4521 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4522 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4523 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4525 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4526 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4527 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4529 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4530 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4531 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4532 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4534 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4535 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4536 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4537 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4539 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4540 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4542 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4543 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4544 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4546 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4547 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4549 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4551 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4553 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4555 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4556 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4558 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4560 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4561 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4563 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4565 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4567 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4572 ;;;;;; (14962 55364))
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4575 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4576 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4577 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4578 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4579 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4581 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4582 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4583 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4585 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4586 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4587 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4588 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4591 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4593 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4594 european-calendar-style t \\
4595 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4596 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4597 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4599 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4600 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4601 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4602 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4606 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4607 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4608 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4610 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4611 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4613 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4614 *The command to use to run diff.")
4616 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4617 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4618 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4619 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4620 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4622 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4623 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4624 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4625 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4626 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4630 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4631 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
4632 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4634 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4635 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4636 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4637 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4638 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4639 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4641 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4642 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4643 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4647 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4648 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4649 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4650 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4651 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14962 39486))
4652 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4654 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4655 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4656 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4657 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4658 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4660 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4661 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4663 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4664 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4665 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4666 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4667 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4669 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4670 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4672 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4673 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4674 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4675 always set this variable to t.")
4677 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4678 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4679 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4680 A value of t means move to first file.")
4682 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4683 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4684 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4685 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4686 are afterward marked with that character.")
4688 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4689 *Controls marking of copied files.
4690 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4691 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4693 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4694 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4695 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4696 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4698 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4699 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4700 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4701 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4703 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4704 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4705 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4706 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4708 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4710 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4711 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4712 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4713 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4715 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4716 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4717 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4718 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4719 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4720 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4721 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4722 list of files to make directory entries for.
4723 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4724 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4725 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4726 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4728 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4729 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4731 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4732 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4733 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4735 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4736 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4738 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4739 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4743 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4744 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4745 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4746 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4747 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4748 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4749 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4750 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4751 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4752 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4753 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4754 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4755 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14962 39486))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4758 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4759 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4760 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4761 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4762 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4763 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4765 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4766 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4767 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4768 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4769 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4770 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4772 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4773 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4774 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4776 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4777 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4779 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4780 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4782 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4783 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4784 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4785 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4787 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4788 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4789 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4790 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4791 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4793 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4795 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4796 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4797 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4799 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4800 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4801 instead of att the end of the command.
4803 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4804 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4805 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4807 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4808 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4810 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4811 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4813 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4814 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4815 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4816 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4817 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4818 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4820 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4822 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4823 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4825 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4826 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4828 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4829 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4831 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4832 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4833 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4834 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4836 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4838 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4840 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4842 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4844 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4846 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4847 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4849 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4850 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4851 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4852 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4853 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4854 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4855 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4857 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4858 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4859 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4860 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4861 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4862 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4864 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4865 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4866 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4867 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4868 and new hard links are made in that directory
4869 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4871 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4872 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4873 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4874 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4876 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4877 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4878 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4879 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4880 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4881 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4883 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4884 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4886 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4887 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4888 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4890 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4891 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4892 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4894 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4895 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4896 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4898 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4899 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4901 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4902 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4905 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4906 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4907 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4908 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4909 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4911 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4913 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4914 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4915 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4916 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4917 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4918 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4920 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4922 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4923 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4924 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4926 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4927 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4928 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4929 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4931 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4932 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4933 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4934 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4936 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4937 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4938 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4940 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4941 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4943 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4944 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4946 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4947 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4948 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4949 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4951 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4952 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4953 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4954 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4956 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4957 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4958 Stops when a match is found.
4959 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4961 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4962 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4963 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4964 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4965 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4967 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4968 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4969 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4970 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4974 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4977 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4978 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4979 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4980 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4981 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4982 buffer and try again." t nil)
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 2773))
4987 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4989 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4990 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4991 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4993 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4995 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4996 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4998 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4999 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5004 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5008 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5009 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5010 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5011 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5012 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5013 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5017 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5018 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5019 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5020 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5021 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5024 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5025 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5027 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5028 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5029 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5030 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5031 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5033 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5034 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5035 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5036 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5037 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5039 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5040 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5042 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5043 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5045 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5046 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5048 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5049 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5051 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5052 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5054 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5055 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5056 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5057 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5059 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5060 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5061 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5064 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5065 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5067 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5068 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5070 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5071 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5073 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5074 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5075 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5076 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5078 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5079 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5080 European character display.
5082 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5083 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5084 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5085 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5087 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5088 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5089 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5090 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5091 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5095 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5096 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5099 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5100 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5101 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5102 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5103 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5104 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5105 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5106 Default is 2." t nil)
5110 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63116))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5113 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5114 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5119 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5122 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5125 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5127 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5129 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5131 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5133 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5135 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5136 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5140 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
5141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5143 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5144 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5149 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5152 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5153 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5158 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5159 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14961 12689))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5162 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5164 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5165 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5166 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5167 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5169 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5170 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5171 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5172 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5173 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5174 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5175 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5176 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5179 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5180 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5181 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5182 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5183 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5184 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5185 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5186 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5187 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5189 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5190 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5191 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5192 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5193 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5194 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5196 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5197 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5198 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5199 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5200 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5201 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5202 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5204 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5206 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5207 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5208 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
5209 " nil (quote macro))
5213 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5214 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904
5216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5218 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5220 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5221 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5222 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5223 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5225 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5226 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5230 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5235 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5236 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5240 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5241 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5243 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5245 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5247 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5249 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5250 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5252 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5253 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5255 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5257 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5259 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5263 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5264 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5265 computed automatically.
5266 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5270 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5272 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5273 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5274 keyboard equivalent.
5278 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5279 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5283 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5284 expression has a non-nil value.
5288 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5289 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5293 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5297 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5298 radio: A radio button.
5299 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5300 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5302 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5306 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5307 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5311 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5313 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5314 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5315 as a solid horizontal line.
5317 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5319 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5321 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5322 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5323 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5324 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5326 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5327 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5328 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5329 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5330 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5331 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5333 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5334 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5335 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5337 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5338 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5342 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5343 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5344 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5345 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5346 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14914 29482))
5347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5349 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5350 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5352 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5353 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5355 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5356 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5359 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5360 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5361 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5362 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5364 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5365 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5366 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5368 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5369 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5370 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5371 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5373 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5375 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5376 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5377 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5379 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5381 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5382 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5384 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5385 The EPS file name has the following form:
5387 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5389 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5390 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5392 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5393 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5394 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5395 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5397 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5399 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5400 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5402 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5403 The EPS file name has the following form:
5405 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5407 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5408 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5410 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5411 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5412 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5413 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5415 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5417 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5419 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5420 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5422 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5423 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5425 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5426 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5428 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5429 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5431 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5432 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5434 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5435 Set STYLE to current style.
5437 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5439 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5440 Reset current style.
5442 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5444 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5445 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5447 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5449 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5450 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5452 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5457 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5458 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14895
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5462 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5463 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5464 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5465 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5466 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5467 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5469 Tree mode key bindings:
5470 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5472 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5473 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5475 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5476 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5477 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5478 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5481 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5482 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5483 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5484 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5486 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5487 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5488 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5490 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5491 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5492 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5493 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5501 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5502 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5503 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5504 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5506 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5507 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5508 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5510 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5511 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5512 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5514 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5516 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5521 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5524 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5525 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5526 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5530 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5531 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5534 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5535 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5536 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5537 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5538 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5540 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5541 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5542 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5543 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5545 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5546 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5547 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5548 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5550 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5551 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5552 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5553 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5555 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5557 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5558 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5559 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5560 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5561 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5565 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5566 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5567 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5568 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5569 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5570 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5571 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5572 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5573 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5574 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14952 1182))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5577 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5578 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5580 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5581 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5583 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5585 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5587 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5588 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5595 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5597 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5598 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5599 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5600 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5602 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5604 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5605 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5606 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5607 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5609 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5611 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5612 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5613 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5614 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5616 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5618 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5619 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5620 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5621 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5623 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5625 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5626 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5627 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5628 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5629 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5630 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5632 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5633 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5634 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5635 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5637 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5639 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5640 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5641 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5642 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5644 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5648 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5649 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5650 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5652 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5653 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5655 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5656 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5657 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5659 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5660 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5662 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5663 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5664 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5665 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5666 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5668 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5669 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5670 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5671 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5672 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5673 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5675 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5677 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5678 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5680 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5681 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5683 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5685 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5686 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5688 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5689 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5692 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5693 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5696 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5697 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5698 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5701 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5702 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5703 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5704 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5706 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5707 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5708 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5709 and don't ask the user.
5710 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5711 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5713 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5714 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5715 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5716 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5717 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5718 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5720 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5722 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5724 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5725 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5726 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5727 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5728 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5730 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5732 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5733 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5734 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5736 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5737 Display Ediff's manual.
5738 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5742 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5743 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5746 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5753 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5755 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5757 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5762 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5765 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5766 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5768 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5772 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5773 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14952 1182))
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5776 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5777 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5778 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5782 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5783 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5784 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5788 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5789 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5790 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5791 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5792 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5794 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5795 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5796 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5798 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5799 Edit a keyboard macro.
5800 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5801 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5802 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5804 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5806 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5807 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5809 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5810 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5813 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5814 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5815 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5816 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5817 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5819 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5820 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5821 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5822 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5825 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5826 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5827 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5828 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5829 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5834 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48218))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5837 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5839 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5840 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5842 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5843 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5847 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5848 ;;;;;; (14793 8263))
5849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5851 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5852 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5853 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5854 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5855 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5856 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5857 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5858 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5860 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5861 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5863 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5864 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5865 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5866 this value is non-nil.
5868 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5869 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5870 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5872 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5873 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5874 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5876 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5880 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5881 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5884 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5885 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5887 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5888 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5889 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5890 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5891 from the documentation string if possible.
5893 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5896 This variable is buffer-local.")
5898 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5899 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5901 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5903 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5904 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5905 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5907 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5909 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5910 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5912 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5913 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5917 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14777
5919 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5921 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5922 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5924 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5925 an elided material again.
5927 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5932 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5935 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5936 Initialize elint." t nil)
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5941 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5945 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5946 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5947 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5949 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5950 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5951 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5953 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5954 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5955 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5957 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5959 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5960 Display current profiling results.
5961 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5962 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5968 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5971 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5972 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5973 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5977 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5978 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5979 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5980 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5981 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
5982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5984 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5986 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5988 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5990 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5992 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5994 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5996 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5998 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6000 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6002 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6003 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6006 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6008 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6009 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6011 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6012 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6014 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6016 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6018 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6020 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6022 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6023 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6025 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6026 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6028 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6033 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6036 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6037 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6038 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6040 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6041 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6044 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6045 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6046 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6051 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 14624))
6052 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6054 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6055 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6056 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6057 text/enriched format.
6058 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6060 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6061 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6065 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6067 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6069 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14845
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6077 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6078 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6080 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6084 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6086 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6088 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6089 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6093 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6094 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
6095 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6097 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6098 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6099 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6100 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6101 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6102 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6103 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6105 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6106 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6107 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6109 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6110 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6111 The result might be any Lisp object.
6112 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6113 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6114 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6116 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6117 Report a bug in Eshell.
6118 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6119 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6124 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6125 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6126 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6127 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
6128 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14962
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6132 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6133 *File name of tags table.
6134 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6135 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6136 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6137 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6139 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6140 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6141 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6142 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6144 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6145 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6146 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6147 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6148 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6149 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6151 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6152 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6153 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6154 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6155 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6157 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6158 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6159 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6160 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6162 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6163 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6164 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6165 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6166 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6168 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6169 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6170 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6171 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6173 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6174 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6175 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6176 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6177 file the tag was in." t nil)
6179 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6180 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6181 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6182 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6183 without directory names." nil nil)
6185 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6186 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6187 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6188 but does not select the buffer.
6189 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6191 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6192 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6193 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6194 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6195 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6197 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6199 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6200 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6201 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6203 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6205 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6206 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6207 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6208 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6210 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6211 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6212 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6213 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6214 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6216 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6218 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6219 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6220 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6222 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6223 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6225 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6226 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6227 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6228 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6229 around or before point.
6231 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6232 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6233 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6234 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6235 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6237 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6239 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6240 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6241 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6243 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6244 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6246 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6247 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6248 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6249 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6250 around or before point.
6252 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6253 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6254 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6255 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6256 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6258 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6260 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6261 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6262 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6264 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6265 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6267 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6268 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6269 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6271 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6272 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6273 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6274 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6275 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6277 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6279 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6280 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6281 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6283 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6284 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6285 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6287 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6288 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6290 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6291 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6292 where they were found." t nil)
6294 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6295 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6297 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6298 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6299 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6301 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6302 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6304 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6305 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6307 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6308 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6309 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6310 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6312 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6313 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6314 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6315 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6316 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6317 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6319 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6320 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6321 Stops when a match is found.
6322 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6324 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6326 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6327 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6328 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6329 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6330 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6332 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6334 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6335 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6336 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6337 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6338 directory specification." t nil)
6340 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6341 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6343 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6344 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6345 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6346 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6348 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6349 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6350 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6351 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6352 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6357 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6358 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6359 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6360 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6361 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6362 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6363 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6366 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6368 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6369 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6370 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6371 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6373 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6374 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6377 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6378 even if the buffer is read-only.
6380 See also the descriptions of the variables
6381 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6382 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6384 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6385 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6387 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6388 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6390 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6391 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6394 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6395 buffer is read-only.
6397 See also the descriptions of the variables
6398 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6399 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6401 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6402 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6403 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6405 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6406 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6408 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6409 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6411 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6412 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6414 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6415 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6416 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6417 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6419 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6420 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6421 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6422 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6424 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6425 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6426 the primary language.
6428 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6429 buffer is read-only.
6431 See also the descriptions of the variables
6432 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6433 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6435 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6436 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6437 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6438 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6440 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6441 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6444 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6445 buffer is read-only.
6447 See also the descriptions of the variables
6448 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6449 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6451 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6452 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6453 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6455 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6456 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6458 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6459 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6460 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6461 3) convert the body into SERA.
6463 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6465 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6466 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6467 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6469 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6470 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6472 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6473 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6475 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6476 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6479 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6480 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6481 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6483 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6485 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6486 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6488 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6489 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6490 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6492 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6493 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6495 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6496 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6498 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6499 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6501 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6502 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6504 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6505 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6507 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6508 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6510 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6511 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6515 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6516 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6517 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6520 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6521 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6522 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6523 server for future sessions." t nil)
6525 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6526 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6528 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6529 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6531 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6532 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6533 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6534 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6535 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6536 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6537 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6538 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6539 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6540 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6541 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6542 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6544 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6545 Display a form to query the directory server.
6546 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6547 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6549 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6550 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6551 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6553 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6557 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6558 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6559 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
6560 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6562 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6563 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6565 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6566 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6568 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6569 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6571 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6572 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6574 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6575 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6580 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
6581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6583 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6584 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6585 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6587 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6588 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6592 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6593 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
6594 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6596 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6597 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6601 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6602 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6603 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3331))
6604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6606 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6607 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6608 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6610 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6611 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6612 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6613 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6614 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6617 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6618 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6619 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6621 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6622 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6623 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6624 file modes." nil nil
)
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6629 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6630 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6632 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6633 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6634 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6635 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6637 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6639 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6640 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6641 to generate such functions.
6643 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6644 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6645 beginning of the expanded text.
6647 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6648 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6649 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6650 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6652 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6654 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6655 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6656 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6658 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6659 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6660 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6661 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6662 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6666 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
6667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6669 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6670 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6672 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6673 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6674 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6676 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6681 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6684 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6686 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6688 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6690 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6692 f90-continuation-indent
6693 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6695 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6696 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6697 f90-indented-comment-re
6698 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6700 f90-directive-comment-re
6701 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6702 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6703 f90-break-delimiters
6704 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6705 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6706 f90-break-before-delimiters
6707 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6709 f90-beginning-ampersand
6710 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6712 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6713 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6714 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6715 f90-auto-keyword-case
6716 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6717 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6719 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6721 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6723 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6725 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6726 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6731 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6732 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6733 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6734 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6736 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6737 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6739 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6740 Menu keymap for faces.")
6742 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6744 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6745 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6747 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6749 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6750 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6752 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6754 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6755 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6757 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6759 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6760 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6762 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6764 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6765 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6767 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6769 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6770 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6772 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6774 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6776 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6778 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6780 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6781 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6782 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6783 will not show through at all will be removed.
6785 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6787 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6788 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6790 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6791 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6792 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6794 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6795 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6796 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6797 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6798 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6799 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6800 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6801 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6803 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6804 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6805 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6806 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6807 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6808 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6809 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6810 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6812 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6813 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6814 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6815 is the menu item's name.
6817 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6818 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6820 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6821 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6822 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6824 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6825 Make the region invisible.
6826 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6827 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6829 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6830 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6831 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6832 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6834 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6835 Make the region unmodifiable.
6836 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6837 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6839 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6840 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6842 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6843 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6845 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6846 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6847 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6849 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6850 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6852 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6853 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6855 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6856 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6857 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6858 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6859 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6864 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6865 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6867 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6868 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6869 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6870 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6872 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6874 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6875 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6876 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6878 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6879 - When you save the file's buffer.
6880 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6881 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6882 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6883 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6885 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6887 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6888 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6889 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6890 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6892 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6893 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6895 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6899 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6900 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6901 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6904 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6905 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
6906 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
6907 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
6909 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6910 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6912 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6913 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6914 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6915 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6917 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6918 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6919 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6920 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6921 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6923 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6924 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6925 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6926 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6927 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6928 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6929 internally by feedmail):
6931 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6932 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6933 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6934 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6936 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6937 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6938 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6939 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6940 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6944 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
6945 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6948 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6949 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6950 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6951 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6952 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6953 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6954 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6957 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6958 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6959 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6960 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6961 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6962 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6964 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6965 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6967 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6968 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6969 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6970 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6971 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6972 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6974 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6975 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6976 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6978 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6979 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6980 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6982 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6983 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6985 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
6986 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
6990 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6991 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
6992 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6994 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6995 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6996 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6997 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6998 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6999 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7000 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7001 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7002 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7003 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7008 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187))
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7011 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7012 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7013 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7014 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7015 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7017 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7018 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7019 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7020 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7022 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7023 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7024 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7026 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7028 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7029 as the final argument." t nil)
7031 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7032 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7033 and run dired on those files.
7034 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7035 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7037 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7039 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7040 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7041 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7043 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7045 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7049 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7050 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7051 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7052 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7054 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7055 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7056 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7058 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7060 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7061 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7062 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7064 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7065 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7067 Variables of interest include:
7069 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7070 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7071 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7073 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7074 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7075 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7077 - `ff-ignore-include'
7078 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7080 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7081 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7084 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7086 - `ff-special-constructs'
7087 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7088 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7089 extracting the filename from that construct.
7091 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7092 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7094 - `ff-search-directories'
7095 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7096 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7098 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7099 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7101 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7102 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7104 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7105 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7107 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7108 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7110 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7111 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7113 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7114 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7116 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7117 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7122 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7123 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7124 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7125 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7126 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
7127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7129 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7130 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7132 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7133 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7136 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7137 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7138 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7140 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7141 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7143 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7144 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7145 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7146 it is one of the current buffers.
7148 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7149 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7150 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7152 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7153 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7155 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7157 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7158 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7160 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7162 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7163 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7165 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7166 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7169 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7170 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7172 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7173 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7175 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7176 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7177 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7178 it is one of the current buffers.
7180 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7181 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7182 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7184 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7185 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7187 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7189 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7190 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7192 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7194 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7195 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7196 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7198 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7199 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7201 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7202 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7204 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7205 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7209 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7210 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
7211 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7213 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7214 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7217 Display FILE's commentary section.
7218 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7221 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7225 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7226 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7229 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7230 Toggle flow control handling.
7231 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7232 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7234 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7235 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7236 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7237 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7238 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7239 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7243 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7244 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7245 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
7246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7248 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7249 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7250 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7252 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7253 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7255 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7257 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7258 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7259 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7260 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7261 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7262 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7265 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7266 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7267 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7270 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7273 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7274 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7275 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7277 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7279 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7280 in your .emacs file.
7282 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7284 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7286 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7288 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7289 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7293 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7294 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7295 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
7296 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7298 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7299 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7301 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7302 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7304 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7305 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7307 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7308 of two major techniques:
7310 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7311 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7312 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7314 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7315 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7316 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7319 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7320 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7321 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7322 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7323 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7326 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7327 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7329 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7331 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7332 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7333 \(This is the default.)
7335 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7336 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7338 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7339 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7341 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7342 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7344 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7345 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7346 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7347 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7348 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7349 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7351 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7352 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7353 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7355 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7356 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7357 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7361 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7362 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7363 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14958 40595))
7364 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7366 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7368 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7369 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7370 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive,
7371 otherwise turn it off.
7372 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7374 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7376 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7377 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7378 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7379 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7381 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7382 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7384 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7385 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7387 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7389 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7390 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7391 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7393 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7395 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7396 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7397 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7398 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7399 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7400 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7402 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7403 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7405 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7406 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7408 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7409 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7410 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7412 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7413 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7415 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7416 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7417 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7419 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7420 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7421 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7423 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7424 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7426 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7427 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7428 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7429 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7430 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7431 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7432 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7433 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7434 end of the current highlighting list.
7438 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7439 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7440 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7442 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7443 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7445 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7446 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7447 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7449 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7450 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7452 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7453 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7455 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7456 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
7457 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7459 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7461 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7463 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7465 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7466 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7467 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7468 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7469 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7471 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7472 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7476 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7477 ;;;;;; (14924 25355))
7478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7480 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7481 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7482 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7483 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7484 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7486 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7489 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7490 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7492 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7496 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7500 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7501 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7502 \\<message-mode-map>
7506 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7507 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7508 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7509 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7510 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7511 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7517 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7518 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7520 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7521 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7523 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7524 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7525 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7526 C-c < forms-first-record <
7527 C-c > forms-last-record >
7528 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7529 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7530 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7531 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7532 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7533 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7534 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7535 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7536 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7537 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7540 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7541 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7543 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7544 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7548 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7549 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14942 54439))
7550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7552 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7553 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7554 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7555 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7556 with a character in column 6.")
7558 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7559 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7560 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7561 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7563 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7567 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7569 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7572 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7573 set this to the string \"!\".
7575 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7577 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7578 `fortran-structure-indent'
7579 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7581 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7582 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7583 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7584 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7585 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7586 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7587 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7588 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7589 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7590 (for TAB format continuation style).
7591 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7592 indentation for a line of code.
7594 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7595 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7596 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7597 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7598 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7599 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7600 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7601 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7602 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7603 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7604 column 5. (default 1)
7605 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7606 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7607 statements. (default nil)
7608 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7609 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7610 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7611 statement. (default nil)
7612 `fortran-continuation-string'
7613 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7614 line. (default \"$\")
7615 `fortran-comment-region'
7616 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7617 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7618 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7619 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7620 as typed. (default t)
7621 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7622 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7625 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7626 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7630 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7631 ;;;;;; (14915 6801))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7634 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7635 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7637 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7638 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7640 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7641 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7644 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7645 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7646 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7647 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7648 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7649 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7651 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7652 Each keyword should be a string.
7654 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7655 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7657 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7658 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7659 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7661 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7663 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7665 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7666 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7667 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7668 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7670 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7671 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7676 ;;;;;; (14901 64340))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7679 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7680 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7681 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7682 at places they belong to." t nil)
7686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7687 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14859 52340))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7690 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7691 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7693 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7695 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7696 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7697 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7698 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7699 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7701 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7702 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7704 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7705 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7707 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7709 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7710 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7711 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7715 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7716 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7717 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
7718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7720 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7721 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7723 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7724 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7726 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7727 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7728 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7729 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7733 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7734 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7735 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7737 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7738 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7740 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7744 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7745 ;;;;;; (14955 64849))
7746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7748 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7749 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7753 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7754 ;;;;;; (14896 40329))
7755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7757 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7758 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7763 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7767 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7768 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7771 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7773 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7774 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7777 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7781 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7782 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56701))
7783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7785 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7786 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7787 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7789 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7790 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7794 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7795 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7796 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7798 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7800 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7801 Run batched scoring.
7802 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7807 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7810 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7812 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7813 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7815 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7819 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7820 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7821 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7824 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7825 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7826 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7827 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7830 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7831 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7832 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7833 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7835 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7836 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7837 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7838 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7839 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7840 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7841 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7842 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7843 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7844 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7846 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7847 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7848 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7850 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7851 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7853 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7854 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7855 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7857 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7859 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7860 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7861 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7863 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7865 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7866 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7867 existing groups are considered.
7869 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7870 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7873 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7874 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7875 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7876 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7877 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7878 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7879 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7880 clauses will be generated.
7882 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
7883 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
7884 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
7885 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
7886 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
7887 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
7889 For example, given the following group parameters:
7892 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7893 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7895 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7896 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7897 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7898 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7900 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7902 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7904 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7906 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7907 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7908 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7913 ;;;;;; (14791 18898))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7916 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7917 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7918 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7926 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7927 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7928 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7929 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7931 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7935 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7936 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7939 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7940 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7941 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7942 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7945 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7946 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7947 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7952 ;;;;;; (14791 18898))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7955 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7956 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7957 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7958 for matching on group names.
7960 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7961 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7963 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7965 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7969 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7970 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7973 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7974 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7979 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
7980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7982 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7983 Unload all Gnus features.
7984 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
7985 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
7986 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
7988 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7989 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7994 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7997 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7998 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8002 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8005 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8006 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8007 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8008 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8009 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8011 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8012 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8013 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8015 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8016 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8017 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8021 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8022 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8025 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8026 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8027 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8028 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8029 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8031 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8032 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8033 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8034 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8035 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8037 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8038 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8039 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8041 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8043 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8044 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8048 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8051 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8052 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8053 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8054 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8055 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8059 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8060 ;;;;;; (14961 24253))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8063 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8064 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8065 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8066 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8068 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8069 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8070 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8071 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8074 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8075 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8076 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8078 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8079 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8080 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8081 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8083 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8084 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8086 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8087 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8088 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8089 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8091 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8092 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8093 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8094 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8096 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8097 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8098 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8099 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8100 between it and it's value." t nil)
8101 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8105 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8109 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8110 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8111 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8112 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8114 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8115 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8116 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8117 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8121 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8122 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8125 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8126 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8128 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8129 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8130 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8131 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8133 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8135 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8136 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8137 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8138 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8139 to be updated." t nil)
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8144 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8147 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8148 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8149 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8150 and window listing and describing the options.
8151 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8152 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8156 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8157 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
8158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8160 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8161 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8163 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8164 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8168 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8169 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 31346))
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8172 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8173 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8174 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8175 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8176 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8178 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8179 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8181 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8182 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8183 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8184 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8186 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8187 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8190 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8195 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8196 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8197 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8198 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8199 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8200 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8201 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8202 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8203 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8204 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8205 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8206 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8207 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8208 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8209 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8211 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8212 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8213 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8215 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8218 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8220 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8221 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8222 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8224 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8225 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8226 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8228 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8229 into the buffer at the current point.
8231 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8232 into the buffer at the current point.
8234 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8235 into the buffer at the current point.
8237 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8239 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8240 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8242 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8244 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8247 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8248 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8250 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8251 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8252 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8257 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
8258 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14941 34892))
8259 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8261 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8263 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8264 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8266 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8268 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8270 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8271 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8273 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8274 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
8275 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8276 which can be called interactively, are:
8278 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8279 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8281 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8282 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8284 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8285 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8287 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8288 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8289 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8290 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8291 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8292 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8294 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8295 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8297 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8298 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8300 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8301 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8302 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8305 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8307 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8309 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8310 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8312 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8313 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8314 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8315 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8317 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8319 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8320 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8322 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8323 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8324 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8325 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8327 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8329 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8330 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8332 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8333 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8334 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8335 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8336 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8338 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8339 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8341 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8342 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8343 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8347 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8348 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 13974))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8351 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8352 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8354 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8355 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8356 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8357 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8358 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8359 how the hiding is done:
8362 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8363 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8366 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8367 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8368 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8369 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8370 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8373 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8374 #endif lines when hiding.
8376 hide-ifdef-initially
8377 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8380 hide-ifdef-read-only
8381 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8382 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8384 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8386 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8387 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8389 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8390 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8392 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8393 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8398 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8401 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8402 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8404 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8405 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8406 Each element has the form
8407 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8409 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8410 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8412 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8413 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8415 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8416 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8417 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8418 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8419 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8421 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8422 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8424 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8425 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8427 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8428 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8429 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8431 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8432 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8433 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8434 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8435 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8436 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8438 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8439 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8440 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8442 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8443 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8445 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8448 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8452 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8453 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8454 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8455 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 31723))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8458 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8460 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8461 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8462 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8464 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8465 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8467 Without an argument:
8468 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8469 or passive state as determined by the variable
8470 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8473 With an argument ARG:
8474 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8475 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8476 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8478 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8479 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8480 not displayed in a different face.
8483 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8484 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8485 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8486 buffer with the contents of a file
8487 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8488 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8492 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8493 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8494 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8496 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8497 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8499 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8500 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8502 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8503 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8505 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8506 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8507 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8508 shown in the last face in the list.
8510 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8511 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8512 buffer to be saved):
8514 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8516 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8517 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8519 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8520 and must not be read-only.
8522 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8523 this function is called interactively.
8525 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8526 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8527 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8529 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8530 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8531 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8533 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8534 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8536 When called interactively:
8537 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8538 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8539 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8540 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8542 When called from a program:
8543 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8544 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8545 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8546 - otherwise just turn it on
8548 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8549 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8550 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8551 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8555 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8556 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8557 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8558 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8559 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8562 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8563 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8564 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8565 or insert functions in this list.")
8567 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8568 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8570 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8571 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8573 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8574 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8576 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8577 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8579 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8580 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8581 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8583 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8584 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8585 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8588 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8589 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8590 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8591 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8592 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8594 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8595 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8596 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8597 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8598 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8600 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8601 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8602 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8604 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8605 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8606 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8607 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8611 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
8612 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8614 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8615 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8616 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8618 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8620 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8622 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8624 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8625 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8626 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8627 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8628 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8632 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8633 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8636 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8637 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8639 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8640 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8642 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8646 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8647 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14883 57782))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8650 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8651 This function is obsolete.
8652 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8653 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8655 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8656 This function is obsolete.
8657 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8658 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8660 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8661 This function is obsolete.
8662 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8663 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8668 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14957 20511))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8671 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8672 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8673 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8675 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8676 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8677 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8684 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8685 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8686 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8687 Tab indents for Icon code.
8688 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8689 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8691 Variables controlling indentation style:
8692 icon-tab-always-indent
8693 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8694 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8696 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8697 inserted in Icon code.
8699 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8700 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8701 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8702 icon-continued-statement-offset
8703 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8704 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8705 icon-continued-brace-offset
8706 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8707 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8709 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8710 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8711 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8712 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8714 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8715 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8719 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8720 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8723 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8724 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8725 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8726 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8728 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8729 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8732 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8734 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8735 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8736 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8738 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8742 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8743 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8746 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8747 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8749 The main features of this mode are
8751 1. Indentation and Formatting
8752 --------------------------
8753 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8754 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8756 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8757 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8758 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8759 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8761 Comments are indented as follows:
8763 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8764 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8765 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8767 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8769 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8770 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8771 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8772 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8773 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8775 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8776 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8777 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8781 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8782 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8783 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8784 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8785 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8786 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8787 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8791 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8792 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8793 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8794 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8795 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8799 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8800 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8801 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8802 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8803 mixed or upper case.
8805 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8806 --------------------------------
8807 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8808 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8810 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8811 \\fu FUNCTION template
8812 \\c CASE statement template
8813 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8814 \\f FOR loop template
8815 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8816 \\w WHILE loop template
8817 \\i IF statement template
8818 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8821 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8822 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8824 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8825 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8826 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8828 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8829 -------------------------
8830 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8831 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8833 7. Automatic END completion
8834 ------------------------
8835 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8836 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8840 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8841 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8843 9. Documentation and Customization
8844 -------------------------------
8845 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8846 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8847 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8848 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8849 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8853 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8854 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8855 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8857 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8861 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8863 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8865 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8866 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8867 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8872 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8873 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14898 8349))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8876 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8877 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8878 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8879 be determined." nil nil)
8881 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8882 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8883 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8884 be determined." nil nil)
8886 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8887 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8888 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8890 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8892 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8893 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8894 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8895 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8896 use its file extension as image type.
8897 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8898 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8899 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8900 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8902 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8903 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8904 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8905 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8906 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8907 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8908 POS may be an integer or marker.
8909 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8910 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8911 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8912 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8914 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8915 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8916 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8917 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8918 defaulted if you omit it.
8919 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8920 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8921 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8922 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8924 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8925 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8926 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8927 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8929 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8930 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8932 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8934 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8935 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8936 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8937 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8938 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8939 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8940 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8941 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8944 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8946 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8947 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8949 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8950 documentation string.
8952 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8953 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8954 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8955 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8956 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8957 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8958 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8963 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8964 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8968 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
8969 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
8970 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14909 56659))
8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8973 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
8974 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
8975 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
8976 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
8978 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
8979 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8980 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8981 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8983 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
8984 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
8985 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
8986 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
8988 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
8989 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8990 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8991 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8993 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
8994 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
8996 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
8997 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
8998 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
8999 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9001 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9002 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode on or off.
9003 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9005 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9007 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9009 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9011 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9012 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9013 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9014 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9016 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9017 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9018 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9023 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14942 54438))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9026 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9027 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9029 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9031 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9032 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9035 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9037 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9038 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9039 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9041 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9042 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9044 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9045 to create a buffer index.
9047 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9048 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9050 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9051 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9052 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9053 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9054 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9056 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9057 entries are not nested.
9059 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9060 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9061 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9062 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9064 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9065 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9067 The variable is buffer-local.
9069 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9070 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9071 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9073 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9074 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
9075 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
9076 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
9078 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9080 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9081 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9083 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9084 of the current buffer as an alist.
9086 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9087 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9088 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9089 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9090 if it is a sub-alist.
9092 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9094 The variable is buffer-local.")
9096 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9098 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9099 Function for finding the next index position.
9101 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9102 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9103 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9106 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9107 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9109 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9111 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9113 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9114 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9116 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9117 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9118 It should return the name for that index item.
9120 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9122 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9124 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9125 Function to compare string with index item.
9127 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9128 non-nil if they match.
9130 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9131 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9132 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9135 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9137 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9139 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9140 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9141 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9143 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9145 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9147 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9148 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9149 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9150 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9152 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9153 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9155 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9157 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9158 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9159 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9160 for more information." t nil)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9165 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9168 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9169 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9170 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9171 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9172 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9174 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9175 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9177 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9178 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9179 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9180 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9181 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9182 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9183 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9184 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9186 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9187 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9188 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9189 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9190 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9192 This variable is only used if the variable
9193 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9195 More precise choices:
9196 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9197 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9200 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9202 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9203 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9205 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9206 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9207 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9209 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9210 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9211 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9212 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9213 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9215 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9219 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9220 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9221 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14942 54438))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9224 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9225 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9226 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9228 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9229 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9230 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9231 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9232 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9233 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9235 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9236 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9238 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9239 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9240 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9242 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9243 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9244 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9245 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9247 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9248 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9250 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9251 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9252 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9253 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9254 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9256 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9257 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9259 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9260 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9261 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9262 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9264 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9265 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9266 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9270 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9271 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9272 ;;;;;; (14710 63985))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9275 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9276 Throw away all cached data.
9277 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9278 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9281 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9282 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9283 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9284 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9285 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9286 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9288 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9290 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9291 Display the documentation of a file.
9292 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9293 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9294 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9295 The default file name is the one found at point.
9297 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9299 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9300 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9302 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9303 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9307 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9308 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9311 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9312 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9314 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9315 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9316 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9318 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9319 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9320 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9322 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9323 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9324 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9325 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9327 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9328 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9329 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9331 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9332 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9333 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9334 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9335 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9339 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9340 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9341 ;;;;;; (14837 20776))
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9344 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9345 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9347 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9348 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9350 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9354 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9355 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
9356 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9358 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9359 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9360 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9361 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9362 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9363 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9365 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9366 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9368 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9369 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9370 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9371 \"s gives German sharp s.
9372 /a gives a with ring.
9373 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9374 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9375 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9376 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9378 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9379 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9383 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9384 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9385 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9386 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9389 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9390 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9391 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9392 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9394 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9395 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9396 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9397 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9399 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9400 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9401 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9402 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9404 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9405 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9406 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9407 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9409 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9410 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9411 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9412 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9414 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9415 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9416 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9417 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9419 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9420 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9421 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9422 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9424 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9425 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9426 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9427 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9429 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9430 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9431 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9432 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9434 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9435 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9437 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9438 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9440 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9441 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9446 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9448 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9449 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9450 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9455 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9456 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9457 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9458 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9459 ;;;;;; (14941 34892))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9462 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9463 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9465 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9466 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9468 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9469 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9471 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9472 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9473 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9474 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9476 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9477 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9478 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9480 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9482 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9484 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9486 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9488 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9490 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9492 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9493 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9495 Each element of this list is also a list:
9497 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9498 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9500 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9501 nil means the default dictionary.
9503 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9506 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9508 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9509 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9510 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9511 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9512 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9513 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9514 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9515 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9516 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9518 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9519 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9522 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9525 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9526 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9527 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9528 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9529 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9530 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9531 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9532 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9534 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9536 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9537 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9538 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9540 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9541 Key map for ispell menu.")
9543 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9544 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9545 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9546 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9548 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9550 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9552 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9554 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9556 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9558 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9559 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9560 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9561 Valid forms include:
9562 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9563 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9564 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9565 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9567 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9568 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9569 First list is used raw.
9570 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9572 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9573 for skipping in latex mode.")
9575 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9577 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9578 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9579 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9580 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9582 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9583 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9584 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9585 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9586 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9588 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9589 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9591 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9593 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9594 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9597 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9598 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9599 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9600 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9601 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9603 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9604 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9608 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9609 SPC: Accept word this time.
9610 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9611 `a': Accept word for this session.
9612 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9613 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9614 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9615 `?': Show these commands.
9616 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9617 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9618 the aborted check to be completed later.
9619 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9620 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9621 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9622 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9623 `C-l': redraws screen
9624 `C-r': recursive edit
9625 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9627 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9628 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9629 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9631 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9632 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9633 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9635 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9637 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9639 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9640 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9641 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9642 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9644 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9645 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9647 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9648 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9650 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9651 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9653 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9654 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9655 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9656 sequence inside of a word.
9658 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9660 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9661 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9663 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9664 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9665 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9666 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9668 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9669 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9670 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9671 available on the net." t nil)
9673 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9674 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9675 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9677 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9678 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9680 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9681 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9683 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9684 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9685 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9686 Don't check included messages.
9688 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9689 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9690 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9692 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9693 in your .emacs file:
9694 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9695 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9696 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9697 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9699 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9700 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9701 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9705 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9706 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9707 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9708 ;;;;;; (14960 24010))
9709 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9711 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9712 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9714 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9716 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9718 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9720 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9721 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9722 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9723 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9724 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9725 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9727 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9728 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9729 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9730 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9732 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9734 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9735 Switch to another buffer.
9737 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9738 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9739 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9741 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9743 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9744 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9745 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9746 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9748 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9749 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9750 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9751 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9753 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9754 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9755 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9756 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9758 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9759 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9760 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9761 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9762 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9766 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9767 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9768 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9769 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9770 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9772 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9774 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9775 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9776 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9777 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9778 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9779 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9780 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9781 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9783 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9784 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9785 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9786 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9788 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9789 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9790 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9791 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9792 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9794 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9795 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9796 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9797 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9799 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9800 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9801 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9802 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9804 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9805 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9807 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9808 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9809 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9810 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9811 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9813 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9814 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9815 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9816 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9817 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9819 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9820 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9821 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9825 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14952
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9829 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9830 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9831 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9832 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9833 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9837 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9838 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004))
9839 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9841 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9842 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9843 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9845 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9847 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9849 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9851 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9852 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9853 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9854 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9856 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9857 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9861 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9862 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9865 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9866 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9867 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9869 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9870 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9871 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9872 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9875 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9876 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9877 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9881 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9885 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9886 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9887 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9888 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9889 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9890 positions that contains the current selection.")
9892 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9893 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9894 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9895 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9896 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9897 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9898 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9902 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9903 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9904 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9906 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9907 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9908 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9910 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9914 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9915 ;;;;;; (14914 10736))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9918 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9920 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9921 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9923 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9925 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9926 Start or resume an Lm game.
9927 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9928 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9930 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9931 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9937 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9938 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9939 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9944 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9945 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9948 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9950 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9951 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9952 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9953 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9954 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9955 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9957 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9958 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9960 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9961 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9963 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9964 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9965 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9966 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9969 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9971 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9975 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
9976 ;;;;;; (14950 54051))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
9979 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
9980 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
9981 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
9982 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
9983 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
9984 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
9985 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
9986 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
9988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9989 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
9991 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
9993 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
9995 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
9996 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
9997 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
9998 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
9999 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10003 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10004 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14862 37894))
10005 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10007 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10008 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10009 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10010 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10012 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10014 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10016 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10017 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10018 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10019 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10020 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10023 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10024 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10025 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10026 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10027 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10029 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10030 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10031 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10032 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10033 slow to keep up with your typing.
10035 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10036 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10037 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10038 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10039 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10040 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10042 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10043 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10044 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10045 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10047 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10048 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10049 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10050 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10052 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10053 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10054 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10055 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10056 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10058 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10059 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10063 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10064 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10067 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10068 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10070 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10071 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10073 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10074 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10076 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10077 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10078 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10079 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10080 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10081 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10082 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10083 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10084 and transmit saved text.
10086 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10087 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10089 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10093 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10096 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10097 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10098 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10099 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10100 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10104 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10108 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10109 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10110 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10111 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10115 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10116 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10117 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10119 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10120 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10121 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10123 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10124 Run the locate command with a filter.
10126 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10127 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10131 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14909 56659))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10134 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10135 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10136 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10137 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10138 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10139 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10140 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10141 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10142 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10143 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10144 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10145 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10146 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10150 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
10152 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10154 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10155 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10159 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10160 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14692
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10164 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
10165 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10166 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10168 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10169 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10171 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10172 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10173 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10174 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10175 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10176 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10177 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10179 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10180 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10181 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10182 switch on this list.
10183 See `lpr-command'.")
10185 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10186 *Name of program for printing a file.
10188 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10189 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10190 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10191 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10192 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10193 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10196 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10197 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10198 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10199 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10201 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10202 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10204 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10205 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10206 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10207 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10209 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10210 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10212 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10213 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10215 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10216 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10217 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10218 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10220 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10221 Paginate and print the region contents.
10223 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10224 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10225 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10226 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10228 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10229 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10231 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10232 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14930 62509))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10239 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10243 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10245 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10247 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10248 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10249 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10251 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10259 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10260 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10267 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15439))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10270 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10271 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10272 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10273 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10274 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10276 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10277 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10278 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10279 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10281 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10282 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10283 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10284 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10287 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10288 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10290 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10291 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10292 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10293 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10294 each time the macro executes.
10295 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10296 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10297 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10298 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10299 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10300 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10301 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10303 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10304 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10305 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10307 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10308 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10309 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10312 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10313 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10315 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10316 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10317 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10318 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10319 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10321 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10324 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10325 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10326 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10328 You could enter the names in this format:
10334 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10337 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10340 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10341 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10343 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10347 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10348 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10351 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10352 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10353 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10354 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10356 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10357 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10358 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10359 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10360 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10362 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10363 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10364 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10365 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10367 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10368 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10372 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10373 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10374 ;;;;;; (14932 18342))
10375 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10377 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10378 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10380 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10382 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10383 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10385 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10386 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10387 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10390 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10394 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10395 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10396 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10400 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10401 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10402 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10403 often correct parser.")
10405 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10407 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10408 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10409 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10410 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10412 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10413 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10414 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10415 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10417 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10418 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10419 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10420 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10422 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10423 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10424 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10425 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10426 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10427 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10431 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10432 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 32676))
10433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10435 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10436 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10438 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10439 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10440 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10442 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10443 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10444 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10449 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10451 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10453 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10454 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10455 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10457 If `parens', they look like:
10458 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10459 If `angles', they look like:
10460 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10462 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10463 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10464 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10465 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10466 their `Resent-' variants.
10468 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10469 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10471 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10472 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10473 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10475 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10476 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10477 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10478 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10480 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10481 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10482 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10483 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10488 ;;;;;; (14717 60289))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10491 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10492 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10493 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10495 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10497 In the browser, use the following keys:
10499 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10501 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10503 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10504 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10506 makefile-target-colon:
10507 The string that gets appended to all target names
10508 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10509 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10511 makefile-macro-assign:
10512 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10513 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10514 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10515 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10516 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10517 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10519 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10520 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10521 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10523 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10524 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10526 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10527 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10528 up or down in the browser.
10530 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10531 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10533 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10534 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10536 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10537 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10538 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10539 has been selected in the browser.
10541 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10543 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10544 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10545 filenames are omitted.
10547 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10548 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10549 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10550 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10551 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10552 the backslash itself intact.
10553 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10554 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10556 makefile-browser-hook:
10557 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10558 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10560 makefile-special-targets-list:
10561 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10562 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10563 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10567 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10571 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10572 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10573 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10577 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14961 25220))
10578 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10580 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10582 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10583 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10584 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10585 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10586 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10587 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10588 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10590 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10591 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10593 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10594 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10598 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10599 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10600 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10601 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10602 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10603 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10604 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10605 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10606 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14955 64850))
10607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10609 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10610 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10612 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10614 If `parens', they look like:
10615 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10616 If `angles', they look like:
10617 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10619 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10620 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10622 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10623 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10625 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10626 *Local news organization file.")
10628 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10629 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10630 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10631 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10633 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10634 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10635 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10637 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10639 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10640 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10642 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10643 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10645 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10646 *Function for citing an original message.
10647 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10648 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10649 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10651 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10652 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10653 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10654 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10655 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10657 (defvar message-signature t "\
10658 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10659 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10660 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10661 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10663 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10664 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10666 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10668 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10669 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10670 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10671 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10672 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10673 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10674 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10675 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10676 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10677 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10678 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10679 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10680 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10681 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10682 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10683 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10684 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10685 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10686 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10687 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10688 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10689 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10690 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10691 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10692 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10694 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10695 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10696 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10698 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10699 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10701 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10702 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10704 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10705 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10707 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10708 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10709 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10711 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10712 Cancel an article you posted.
10713 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10715 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10716 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10717 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10718 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10720 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10721 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10723 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10724 Forward the current message via mail.
10725 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10726 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10728 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10729 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10731 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10732 Re-mail the current message.
10733 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10734 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10737 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10738 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10740 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10741 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10743 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10744 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10746 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10747 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10749 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10750 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10751 Works by overstriking characters.
10752 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10753 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10755 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10756 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10757 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10758 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10763 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10766 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10767 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10771 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10772 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10774 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10775 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10779 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10780 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10784 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10785 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10786 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10789 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10790 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10791 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10793 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10794 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10795 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10796 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10797 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10798 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10799 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10801 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10802 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10803 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10804 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10805 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10807 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10808 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10810 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10811 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10812 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10813 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10814 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10816 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10817 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10822 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14849 24594))
10823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10825 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10826 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10827 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10828 to the MH mail system.
10830 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10832 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10833 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10834 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10835 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10836 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10837 that want to create a mail buffer.
10838 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10840 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10841 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10842 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10843 to the MH mail system.
10845 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10847 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10848 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10849 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10850 using the MH mail handling system.
10851 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10854 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10856 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10858 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10859 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10860 the yanked message.
10862 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10863 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10864 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10865 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10866 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10868 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10869 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10870 inserted in a draft letter.
10872 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10873 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10875 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10879 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
10881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10883 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10884 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10885 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10886 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10888 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10889 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10896 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10897 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14906 3793))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10904 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10906 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10908 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10910 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10914 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10915 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160))
10916 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10918 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10919 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10920 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10921 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10922 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10923 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10924 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10925 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10926 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10927 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10928 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10930 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10931 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10932 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10933 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
10938 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
10941 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
10942 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
10943 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10945 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
10947 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10949 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
10951 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
10952 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
10953 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
10954 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
10955 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
10956 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
10957 default indication.
10959 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10960 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
10964 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10965 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10968 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10969 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10973 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
10974 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
10975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
10977 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
10978 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
10979 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
10980 the entire message.
10981 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10986 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10989 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10990 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10991 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10992 followed by the first character of the construct.
10994 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10995 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10996 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10997 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10998 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10999 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11000 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11001 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11002 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11003 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11004 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11005 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11006 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11009 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11010 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11011 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11016 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11019 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11020 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11022 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11023 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11027 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11031 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11032 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11033 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11034 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11036 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11038 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11040 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11042 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11043 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11044 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11045 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11046 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11047 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11049 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11050 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11051 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11052 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11053 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11055 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11056 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11058 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11059 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11061 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11063 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11064 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11065 primary selection and region." t nil)
11069 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11072 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11073 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11077 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14854 32222))
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11080 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11081 Toggle Msb mode on or off.
11082 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11084 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11086 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11088 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11090 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11092 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11093 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11094 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11098 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11099 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11100 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11101 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11102 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11103 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14961 12689))
11104 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11106 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11107 Display a list of all character sets.
11109 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11110 for internal Emacs use.
11112 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11113 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11114 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11115 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11116 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11118 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11119 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11120 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11121 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11123 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11124 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11126 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11127 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11128 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11129 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11130 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11132 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11133 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11134 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11135 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11136 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11138 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11139 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11141 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11142 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11144 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11145 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11146 POS defaults to point.
11147 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11148 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11149 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11151 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11152 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11154 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11155 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11157 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11158 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11159 at the place of `..':
11160 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11161 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11162 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11163 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11164 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11165 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11166 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11167 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11168 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11169 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11170 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11171 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11172 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11173 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11174 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11175 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11177 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11178 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11180 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11181 Display a list of all coding systems.
11182 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11184 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11185 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11187 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11188 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11190 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11191 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11193 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11194 Display information of FONTSET.
11195 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11197 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11198 Display a list of all fontsets.
11199 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11200 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11201 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11203 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11204 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11206 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11207 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11209 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11210 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11211 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11212 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11214 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11215 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11216 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11218 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11219 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11220 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11225 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11226 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11227 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11228 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11229 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11230 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11233 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11234 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11235 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11237 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11238 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11240 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11241 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11243 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11244 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11246 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11247 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11248 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11249 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11250 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11252 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11253 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11254 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11255 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11256 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11258 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11259 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11261 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11263 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11264 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11266 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11267 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11268 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11270 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11271 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11272 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11274 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11275 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11276 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11278 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11279 longer than KEYSEQ.
11280 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11282 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11283 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11284 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11285 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11286 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11287 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11288 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11289 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11290 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11291 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11292 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11294 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11295 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11297 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11298 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11300 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11301 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11303 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11304 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11306 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11307 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11309 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11310 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11311 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11312 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11314 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11315 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11316 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11317 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11319 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11320 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11321 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11322 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11326 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11327 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11330 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11331 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11332 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11334 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11336 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11338 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11340 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11341 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11342 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11343 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11345 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11346 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11350 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11351 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11352 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11353 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11356 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11357 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11359 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11361 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11362 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11364 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11365 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11367 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11369 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11370 Run netstat program." t nil)
11372 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11373 Run the arp program." t nil)
11375 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11376 Run the route program." t nil)
11378 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11379 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11381 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11382 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11384 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11385 Run dig program." t nil)
11387 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11388 Run ftp program." t nil)
11390 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11391 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11393 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11394 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11395 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11396 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11398 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11400 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11401 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11403 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11404 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11408 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11409 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11410 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11411 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11412 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
11413 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11415 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11417 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11419 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11421 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11423 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11425 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11426 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11427 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11428 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11429 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11431 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11432 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11434 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11435 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11436 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11437 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11439 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11440 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11442 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11443 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11444 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11446 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11447 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11448 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11449 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11450 column indentation or nil.
11451 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11453 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11454 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11455 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11457 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11458 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11459 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11460 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11462 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11463 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11465 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11466 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11467 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11469 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11470 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11472 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11473 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11474 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11476 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11477 Set the comment column based on point.
11478 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11479 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11480 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11481 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11483 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11484 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11485 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11487 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11488 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11489 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11490 comment markers." t nil)
11492 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11493 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11494 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11495 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11496 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11497 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11498 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11499 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11501 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11502 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11504 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11505 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11506 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11507 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11508 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11509 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11510 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11511 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11513 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11514 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11515 This indents the body of the continued comment
11516 under the previous comment line.
11518 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11519 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11520 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11522 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11523 or comment indentation.
11525 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11526 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11530 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11534 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11535 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11536 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11537 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11538 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11539 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11543 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11544 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11547 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11548 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11549 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11554 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11557 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11558 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11559 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11563 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11564 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11567 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11568 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11572 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11573 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 18897))
11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11576 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11577 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11579 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11580 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11582 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11583 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11587 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11588 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11591 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11592 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11593 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11595 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11597 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11598 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11599 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11600 to future sessions." t nil)
11602 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11603 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11604 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11605 to future sessions." t nil)
11609 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11610 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11613 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11614 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11616 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11617 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11618 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11622 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11623 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11626 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11627 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11628 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11629 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11630 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11634 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11635 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11638 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11639 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11640 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11642 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11644 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11645 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11647 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11648 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11649 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11651 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11656 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11659 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11660 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11662 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11663 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11664 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11665 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11667 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11668 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11669 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11670 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11671 is why you need this mode!).
11673 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11674 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11675 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11677 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11682 \\{octave-mode-map}
11684 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11685 ==============================================
11688 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11691 octave-auto-newline
11692 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11695 octave-blink-matching-block
11696 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11697 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11699 octave-block-offset
11700 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11703 octave-continuation-offset
11704 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11707 octave-continuation-string
11708 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11709 Default is a backslash.
11711 octave-mode-startup-message
11712 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11715 octave-send-echo-input
11716 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11717 command to the inferior Octave process.
11719 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11720 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11721 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11723 octave-send-echo-input
11724 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11726 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11728 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11729 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11731 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11732 (setq auto-mode-alist
11733 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11735 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11736 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11738 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11742 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11743 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11745 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11746 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11747 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11748 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11753 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11756 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11757 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11758 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11760 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11761 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11762 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11763 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11764 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11766 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11771 ;;;;;; (14958 40595))
11772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11774 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11775 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11776 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11777 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11779 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11780 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11781 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11782 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11784 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11785 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11786 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11787 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11788 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11789 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11791 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11792 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11794 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11795 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11796 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11797 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11798 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11799 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11800 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11801 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11802 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11803 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11804 The subheadings remain visible.
11805 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11807 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11808 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11809 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11811 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11812 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11814 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11815 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11816 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11817 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11821 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11822 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11824 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11825 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11826 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11828 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11830 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11832 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11834 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11835 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11836 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11837 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11839 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11840 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11844 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11848 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11849 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11850 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11852 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11853 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11855 Other useful functions are:
11857 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11858 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11859 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11860 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11861 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11862 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11863 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11864 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11865 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11867 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11869 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11870 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11871 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11872 Indentation for case statements.
11873 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11874 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11876 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11877 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11878 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11879 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11880 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11881 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11882 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11883 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11884 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11885 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11887 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11888 pascal-separator-keywords.
11890 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11891 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11896 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11899 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11900 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11901 The keys affected are:
11902 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11903 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11904 M-Backspace does undo.
11905 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11906 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11907 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11911 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11912 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
11913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11915 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11916 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11918 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11920 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11921 which modify the status of the mark.
11923 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11924 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11926 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11927 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11929 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11930 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11931 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11932 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11933 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11935 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11936 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11938 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11939 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11940 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11942 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11943 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11944 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11946 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11947 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11949 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11950 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11951 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11953 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11954 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11955 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11961 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11962 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11963 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11965 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11966 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11967 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11968 and cursor movement commands.
11969 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11970 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11972 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11974 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11982 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11983 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11987 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11988 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11991 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11992 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11994 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11995 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11997 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11998 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12000 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12001 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12003 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12008 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29316))
12009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12012 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12014 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12015 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12017 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12018 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12026 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12027 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12028 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12029 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12030 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12031 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12036 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12037 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12040 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12041 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12043 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12046 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12049 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12051 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12052 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12054 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12056 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12057 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12059 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12060 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12063 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12068 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12069 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12073 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12074 Support extensible programmable completion.
12075 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12076 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12078 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12079 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12081 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12082 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12083 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12085 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12086 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12088 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12089 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12090 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12092 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12093 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12095 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12096 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12098 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12099 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12100 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12101 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12102 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12104 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12105 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12109 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12110 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12111 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14962 39486))
12112 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12114 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12115 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12116 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12117 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12119 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12121 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12122 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12123 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12124 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12125 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12126 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12127 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12129 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12130 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12131 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12132 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12133 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12134 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12135 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12136 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12138 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12139 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12140 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12141 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12142 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12143 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12145 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12146 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12147 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12148 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12149 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12150 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12151 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12153 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12155 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12156 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12157 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12159 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12160 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12161 NIL means never do it.
12162 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12163 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12164 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12166 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12167 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12168 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14909 56659))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12175 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12180 ;;;;;; (14804 20134))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12183 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12184 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12185 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12186 Tab indents for Perl code.
12187 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12188 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12189 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12191 Variables controlling indentation style:
12192 perl-tab-always-indent
12193 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12194 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12195 perl-tab-to-comment
12196 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12197 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12198 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12200 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12202 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12203 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12204 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12205 perl-continued-statement-offset
12206 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12207 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12208 perl-continued-brace-offset
12209 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12210 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12212 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12213 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12214 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12215 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12217 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12219 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12220 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12221 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12222 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12223 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12224 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12225 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12227 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12232 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12235 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12236 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12237 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12238 afterwards settable by these commands:
12239 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12240 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12241 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12242 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12243 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12244 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12245 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12246 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12247 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12248 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12249 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12250 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12251 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12252 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12253 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12254 with these commands:
12255 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12256 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12257 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12258 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12259 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12260 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12261 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12262 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12263 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12264 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12265 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12266 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12267 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12268 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12269 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12270 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12271 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12272 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12273 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12274 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12275 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12276 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12277 text is saved in the kill ring.
12278 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12279 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12280 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12281 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12282 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12283 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12284 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12285 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12286 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12287 commands if invoked soon enough.
12288 You can return to the previous mode with:
12289 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12290 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12292 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12294 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12295 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12297 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12304 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12305 Play pong and waste time.
12306 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12307 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12309 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12311 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12315 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12316 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12319 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12320 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12321 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12322 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12323 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12325 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12326 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12327 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12328 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12329 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12331 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12332 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12333 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12334 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12338 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12339 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12342 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12343 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12344 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12346 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12347 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12348 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12350 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12351 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14895 24173))
12356 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12358 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12359 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12360 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12368 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12369 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12371 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12373 The following variables hold user options, and can
12374 be set through the `customize' command:
12376 ps-mode-auto-indent
12379 ps-mode-print-function
12381 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12385 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12388 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12394 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12395 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12396 The keymap for this second window is:
12398 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12401 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12402 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12403 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12404 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12405 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12410 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12411 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12412 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12413 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241))
12414 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12416 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12417 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12421 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12422 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12423 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12424 changed by setting the variable
12425 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12426 The initial value of this variable is
12427 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12430 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12431 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12432 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12433 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12434 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12435 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12438 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12439 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12440 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12441 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12442 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12443 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12444 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12445 use this value, be sure to have installed
12446 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12447 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12448 documentation of this variable).
12450 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12451 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12452 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12453 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12454 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12455 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12457 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12459 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12460 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12461 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12463 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12466 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12468 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12470 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12474 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12476 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12477 the sequence." nil nil)
12479 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12480 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12482 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12485 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12489 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12491 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12492 the sequence." nil nil)
12494 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12495 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12497 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12498 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12499 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12501 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12505 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12506 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12507 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12508 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12509 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12510 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14924 30911))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12513 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12514 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12515 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12516 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12518 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12519 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12521 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12522 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12524 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12525 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12526 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12528 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12529 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12530 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12532 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12533 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12534 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12535 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12536 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12538 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12539 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12540 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12542 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12543 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12544 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12545 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12546 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12548 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12549 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12550 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12551 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12553 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12555 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12556 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12557 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12558 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12559 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12561 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12563 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12564 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12565 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12567 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12569 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12570 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12571 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12572 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12573 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12575 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12577 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12578 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12580 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12581 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12582 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12584 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12585 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12586 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12588 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12589 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12590 using the current ps-print setup.
12591 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12592 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12594 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12595 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12596 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12598 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12599 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12600 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12602 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12603 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12605 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12606 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12608 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12609 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12611 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12613 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12615 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12616 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12618 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12619 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12621 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12623 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12625 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12627 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12628 foreground and background colors respectively.
12630 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12631 bold - use bold font.
12632 italic - use italic font.
12633 underline - put a line under text.
12634 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12635 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12636 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12637 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12638 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12640 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12644 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12645 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12646 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12647 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12648 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12651 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12652 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12653 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12655 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12656 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12657 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12658 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12659 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12660 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12661 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12663 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12664 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12665 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12666 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12667 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12669 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12671 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12672 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12673 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12674 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12675 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12676 list of candidates.
12678 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12679 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12680 command to be called.
12682 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12683 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12684 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12685 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12687 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12688 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12689 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12690 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12691 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12694 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12695 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12696 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12697 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12699 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12700 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12701 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12702 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12704 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12705 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12706 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12707 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12708 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12709 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12711 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12712 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12713 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12714 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12715 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12716 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12718 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12719 covers Quail translation region.
12721 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12722 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12723 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12724 for it) is inserted.
12726 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12727 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12728 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12730 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12731 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12732 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12734 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12735 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12737 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12738 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12739 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12740 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12741 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12743 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12744 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12746 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12747 keyboard type." t nil)
12749 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12750 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12751 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12752 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12753 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12754 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12755 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12756 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12757 for the translation.
12758 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12760 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12761 it is used to handle KEY.
12763 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12764 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12765 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12766 the following annotation types are supported.
12768 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12769 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12771 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12774 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12775 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12776 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12779 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12780 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12782 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12783 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12785 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12786 which to install MAP.
12788 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12790 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12791 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12793 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12794 which to install MAP.
12796 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12798 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12799 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12800 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12801 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12802 a function, or a cons.
12803 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12804 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12805 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12806 for the translation.
12807 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12808 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12809 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12810 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12811 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12813 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12814 it is used to handle KEY.
12816 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12817 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12818 current Quail package.
12820 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12821 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12823 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12824 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12826 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12827 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12829 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12831 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12832 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12834 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12835 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12836 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12837 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12838 of the Emacs source tree.
12840 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12841 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12843 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12844 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12845 of each directory." t nil)
12849 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12850 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12851 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914
12853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12855 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12856 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12857 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12858 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12860 To make use of this do something like:
12862 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12864 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12866 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12867 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12869 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12870 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12871 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12873 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12874 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12876 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12877 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12879 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12880 is decided." t nil)
12882 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12883 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12885 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12886 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12887 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12889 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12890 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12892 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12893 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12895 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12896 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12898 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12900 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12902 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12903 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12907 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12911 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12912 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12913 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12918 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
12919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12921 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12922 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12926 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12927 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12928 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14875 64576))
12929 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12931 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12932 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12934 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12935 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12937 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12938 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12940 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12941 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12942 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12943 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12944 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12946 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12947 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12949 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12950 Toggle Recentf mode on or off.
12951 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12953 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
12955 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12957 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
12959 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12960 Toggle recentf mode.
12961 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12962 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12964 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12965 were operated on recently." t nil)
12969 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12970 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12971 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12972 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877
12974 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12976 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12977 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12978 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12981 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12982 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12984 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12985 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12986 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12987 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12990 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12991 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12992 to be deleted." t nil)
12994 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12995 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12996 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12998 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12999 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13002 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13003 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13004 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13006 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13007 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13009 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13010 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13012 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13015 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13016 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13018 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13019 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13020 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13021 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13022 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13023 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13024 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13026 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13027 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13029 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13030 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13032 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13033 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13034 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13035 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13037 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13038 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13039 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13040 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13041 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13043 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13044 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13046 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13047 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13049 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13050 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13051 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13053 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13054 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
13056 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13057 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13058 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13060 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13061 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13062 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13066 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13070 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13071 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13072 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13074 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13075 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13076 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13080 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13081 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13084 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13085 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13087 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13088 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13090 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13091 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13093 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13094 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13095 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13098 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13099 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13100 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13102 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13103 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13104 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13106 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13107 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13109 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13110 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13112 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13113 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13116 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13120 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13121 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
13122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13124 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13125 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13126 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13127 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13128 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13129 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13131 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13133 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13135 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13136 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13137 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13138 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13140 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13141 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13142 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13143 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13147 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13148 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13149 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13151 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13152 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13153 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13155 To insert new phrases, use
13156 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13157 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13159 To index phrases use one of:
13161 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13162 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13163 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13164 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13165 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13167 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13168 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13170 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13172 Here are all local bindings.
13174 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13178 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13179 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
13180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13182 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13183 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13184 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13185 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13186 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13187 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13189 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13190 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13192 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13193 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13195 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13196 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13197 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13198 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13202 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
13203 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13205 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13206 Repeat most recently executed command.
13207 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13208 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13209 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13211 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13212 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13213 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13217 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13218 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13221 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13222 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13224 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13225 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13226 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13227 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13228 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13229 and point is left after the salutation.
13231 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13232 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13233 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13234 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13235 left after that text.
13237 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13240 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13241 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13242 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13243 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13248 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13249 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13251 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13252 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13253 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13254 visibility of comments that precede it.
13255 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13256 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13257 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13258 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13259 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13260 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13261 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13262 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13264 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13265 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13266 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13267 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13268 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13269 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13273 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13275 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13277 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13278 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13282 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13283 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13286 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13287 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13289 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13290 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13294 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13296 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13298 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13299 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13300 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13301 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13303 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13305 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13306 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13307 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13308 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13310 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13311 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13313 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13314 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13316 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13317 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13320 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13321 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13322 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13323 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13324 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13326 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13327 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13328 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13329 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13331 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13332 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13337 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13338 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13339 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13340 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13341 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13342 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13343 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14961 12689))
13344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13346 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13347 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13348 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13349 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13351 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13352 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13353 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13354 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13355 value is the user's name.)
13356 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13358 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
13359 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13360 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13361 which normally happens once for each message,
13362 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13363 To make a change in this variable take effect
13364 for a message that you have already viewed,
13365 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13367 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13368 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13369 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13370 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13372 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13373 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13375 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13376 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13377 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13378 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13380 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13381 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13383 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13384 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13386 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13387 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13388 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13389 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13390 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13392 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13393 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13395 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13396 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13398 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13399 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13401 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13402 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13404 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13405 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13407 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13408 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13410 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13411 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13413 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13414 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13416 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13417 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13418 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13419 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13421 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13422 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13424 This is set to nil by default.")
13426 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13427 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13428 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13429 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13430 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13432 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13433 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13435 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13436 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13437 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13438 this feature is required with `require'.")
13440 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13441 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13442 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13443 the message is decoded as normal way.
13445 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13446 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13447 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13449 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13450 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13451 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13453 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13454 Read and edit incoming mail.
13455 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13456 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13457 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13459 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13460 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13461 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13462 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13464 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13466 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13467 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13468 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13469 Instead, these commands are available:
13471 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13472 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13473 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13474 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13475 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13476 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13477 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13478 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13479 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13480 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13481 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13482 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13483 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13484 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13485 till a deleted message is found.
13486 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13487 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13488 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13489 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13490 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13491 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13492 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13493 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13494 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13495 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13496 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13497 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13498 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13499 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13500 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13501 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13502 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13503 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13504 (label defaults to last one specified).
13505 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13506 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13507 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13508 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13509 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13510 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13511 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13512 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13513 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13515 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13516 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13518 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13519 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13523 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13524 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
13525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13527 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13528 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13532 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13533 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13534 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13537 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13538 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13539 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13541 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13542 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13543 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13545 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13547 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13548 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13549 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13550 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13551 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13553 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13554 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13555 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13556 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13557 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13561 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13562 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13565 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13566 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13567 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13568 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13572 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13573 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13574 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13577 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13578 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13579 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13580 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13581 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13582 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13583 a file name as a string.")
13585 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13586 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13587 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13588 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13589 buffer visiting that file.
13590 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13591 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13593 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13594 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13596 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13597 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13599 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13600 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13602 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13603 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13605 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13606 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13607 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13608 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13609 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13611 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13612 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13613 will be appended with their original headers.
13615 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13616 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13618 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13619 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13621 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13623 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13624 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13625 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13629 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13630 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13631 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13635 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13636 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13637 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13639 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13640 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13641 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13643 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13644 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13645 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13647 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13648 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13649 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13651 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13652 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13653 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13655 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13656 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13657 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13659 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13660 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13661 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13662 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13666 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13667 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13668 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13669 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13670 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14902 15080))
13671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13673 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13674 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13676 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13677 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13679 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13680 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13682 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13683 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13684 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13686 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13687 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13688 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13689 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13690 only look in the To and From fields.
13691 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13693 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13694 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13695 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13696 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13697 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13699 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13700 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13701 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13702 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13703 look in the whole message.
13704 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13706 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13707 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13708 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13710 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13711 *Function to decode summary-line.
13713 By default, `identity' is set.")
13715 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13716 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13717 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13718 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13719 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13720 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13721 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13723 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13724 sent by you under different user names.
13725 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13727 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13731 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13732 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
13733 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13735 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13736 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13737 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13738 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13742 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13743 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13746 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13747 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13748 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13750 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13751 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13755 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13756 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13757 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13758 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13761 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13762 *This variable is obsolete.")
13764 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13766 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13768 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13769 *This variable is obsolete.")
13771 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13772 *This variable is obsolete.")
13774 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13775 *This variable is obsolete.")
13777 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13778 *This variable is obsolete.")
13780 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13781 *This variable is obsolete.")
13783 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13784 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13788 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13789 ;;;;;; (14947 16781))
13790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13792 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13793 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13794 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13796 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13797 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13798 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13799 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13800 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13801 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13802 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13803 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13806 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13807 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13808 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13809 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13810 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13812 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13813 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13814 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13817 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13818 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13819 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13820 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13821 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13822 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13827 ;;;;;; (14791 18897))
13828 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13830 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13831 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13832 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13834 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13838 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13842 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13843 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13844 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13845 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13847 Interesting variables:
13849 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13850 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13852 scribe-electric-quote
13853 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13855 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13856 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13857 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13861 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
13862 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
13863 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
13865 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
13866 Control/track scroll locking.
13868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13869 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
13871 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13873 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
13875 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
13876 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
13880 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13881 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13882 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
13883 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
13884 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
13885 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
13886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13888 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13889 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13891 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13893 If `parens', they look like:
13894 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13895 If `angles', they look like:
13896 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13897 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13898 derived from the envelope-from address.
13900 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13901 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13902 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13903 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13905 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13906 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13907 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13909 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13910 is a privileged operation.")
13912 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13913 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13914 This is done when the message is initialized,
13915 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13917 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13918 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13919 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13921 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13922 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13924 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13925 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13926 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13927 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
13928 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
13929 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
13931 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13932 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13934 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13935 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13936 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13938 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13939 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13940 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13941 when you first send mail.")
13943 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13944 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13945 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13946 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13947 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13949 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13950 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13951 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13952 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13953 This file need not actually exist.")
13955 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13956 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13957 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13958 If a string, that string is inserted.
13959 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13960 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13961 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13962 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13964 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13965 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13966 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13967 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13968 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13969 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13970 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13971 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13972 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13973 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13974 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13975 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13976 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
13977 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
13978 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
13980 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13981 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13982 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13983 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13984 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13985 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13987 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13988 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13989 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13991 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13992 User should not set this variable manually,
13993 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13994 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13995 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13996 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13998 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13999 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14000 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14001 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14003 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14004 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14007 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14009 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14010 to move to message header fields:
14013 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14014 when the message is initialized.
14016 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14017 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14019 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14022 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14023 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14025 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14026 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14028 The second through fifth arguments,
14029 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14030 the initial contents of those header fields.
14031 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14032 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14033 original message being replied to, or else an action
14034 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14035 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14036 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14037 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14038 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14039 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14041 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14042 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14044 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14045 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14049 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14914 10033))
14050 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14052 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14053 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14054 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14055 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14056 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14057 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14059 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14063 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14064 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
14065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14067 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14068 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14069 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14070 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14073 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14074 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14075 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14077 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14078 your `.emacs' file.
14080 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14082 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14083 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14084 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14086 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14087 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14088 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14089 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14090 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14091 which this is based.
14093 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14095 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14096 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14097 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14098 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14100 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14101 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14102 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14104 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14105 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14106 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14107 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14109 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14110 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14111 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14112 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14114 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14116 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14117 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
14118 To work around that, do:
14119 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14121 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14125 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14126 ;;;;;; (14940 15186))
14127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14129 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14131 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14132 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14133 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14134 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14135 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14136 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14138 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14139 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14140 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14141 shell-specific features.
14143 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14144 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14145 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14147 \\[sh-case] case statement
14148 \\[sh-for] for loop
14149 \\[sh-function] function definition
14150 \\[sh-if] if statement
14151 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14152 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14153 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14154 \\[sh-select] select loop
14155 \\[sh-until] until loop
14156 \\[sh-while] while loop
14158 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14159 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14160 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14161 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14162 would indent to the way it currently is.
14163 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14164 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14167 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14168 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14169 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14170 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14171 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14172 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14174 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14176 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14178 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14179 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14180 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14182 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14183 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14185 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14189 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14190 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14193 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14194 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14196 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14197 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14198 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14199 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14202 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14204 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14206 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14207 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14208 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14210 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14211 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14213 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14214 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14215 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14216 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14217 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14218 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14219 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14222 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14223 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14224 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14225 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14226 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14228 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14229 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14230 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14235 ;;;;;; (14964 4164))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14238 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14239 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14240 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14241 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14242 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14245 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14246 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14247 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14248 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14249 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14250 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14251 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14252 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14253 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14254 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14255 discards input when it starts up.)
14256 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14257 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14258 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14261 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14262 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14263 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14265 `default-process-coding-system'.
14267 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14268 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14269 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14270 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14272 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14273 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14277 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14281 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14282 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14283 \\{simula-mode-map}
14284 Variables controlling indentation style:
14285 simula-tab-always-indent
14286 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14287 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14288 simula-indent-level
14289 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14290 simula-substatement-offset
14291 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14292 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14293 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14294 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14295 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14296 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14297 simula-label-offset -4711
14298 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14299 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14300 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14301 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14302 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14303 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14304 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14305 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14306 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14307 simula-electric-indent nil
14308 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14309 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14310 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14311 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14312 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14313 or nil if they should not be changed.
14314 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14315 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14316 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14317 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14319 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14320 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14322 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14323 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14329 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14330 ;;;;;; (14916 50561))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14333 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14334 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14336 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14337 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14338 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14339 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14340 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14342 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14343 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14344 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14345 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14346 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14347 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14348 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14350 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14351 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14354 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14355 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14356 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14357 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14358 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14359 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14360 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14362 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14363 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14366 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14367 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14369 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14370 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14371 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14372 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14374 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14375 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14376 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14377 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14379 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14380 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14381 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14383 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14384 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14386 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14387 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14389 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14390 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
14391 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14392 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14393 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14394 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14395 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14396 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14399 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14400 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14401 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14402 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14403 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14404 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14405 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14406 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14408 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14409 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14410 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14411 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14412 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14415 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14416 then: insert previously read string once more
14417 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14418 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14419 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14421 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14422 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14424 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14425 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14427 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14428 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14429 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14430 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14432 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14433 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14434 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14961
14440 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14442 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14443 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14444 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14448 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14449 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
14450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14452 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14453 Display textual smileys as images.
14454 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14455 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14456 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14460 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14461 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
14462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14464 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14468 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14471 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14472 Play the Snake game.
14473 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14475 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14477 snake-mode keybindings:
14479 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14480 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14481 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14482 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14483 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14484 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14485 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14491 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14492 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
14493 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14495 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14496 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14497 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14498 Tab indents for C code.
14499 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14500 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14502 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14503 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14505 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14506 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14507 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14508 Tab indents for C code.
14509 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14510 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14512 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14513 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14517 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14518 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14519 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14522 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14523 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14525 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14526 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14527 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14529 For example, the form
14531 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14532 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14534 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14536 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14537 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14539 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14540 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14541 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14544 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14546 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14547 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14549 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14550 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14551 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14554 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14556 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14557 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14558 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14561 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14563 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14564 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14565 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14567 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14568 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14570 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14572 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14573 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14574 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14578 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14582 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14585 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14586 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14587 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14588 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14589 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14590 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14591 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14592 check after each move or undo)
14596 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14597 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14598 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14617 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14618 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14619 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14620 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14622 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14623 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14624 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14627 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14628 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14630 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14646 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14648 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14653 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14654 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5486))
14655 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14657 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14658 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14659 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14661 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14662 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14663 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14664 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14667 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14668 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14669 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14672 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14673 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14675 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14676 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14677 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14678 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14681 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14682 It should move point to the end of the record.
14684 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14685 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14686 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14687 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14688 starts at the beginning of the record.
14690 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14691 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14692 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14694 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14695 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14696 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14697 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14698 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14699 the sort order." t nil)
14701 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14702 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14703 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14704 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14705 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14706 the sort order." t nil)
14708 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14709 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14710 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14711 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14712 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14713 the sort order." t nil)
14715 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14716 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14717 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14718 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14719 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14720 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14721 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14722 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14723 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14725 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14726 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14727 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14728 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14729 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14730 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14731 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14732 the sort order." t nil)
14734 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14735 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14736 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14737 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14738 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14739 is to be used for sorting.
14740 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14741 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14742 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14743 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14744 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14746 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14748 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14751 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14752 starting with the letter \"f\",
14753 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14755 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14756 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14757 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14758 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14759 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14760 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14761 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14764 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14765 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14766 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14767 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14768 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14770 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14771 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14772 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14776 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14777 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14783 15356))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14780 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14782 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14783 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14784 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14785 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14786 supported at a time.
14787 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14788 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14790 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14791 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14792 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14793 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14797 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14798 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14801 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14803 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14804 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14805 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14806 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14807 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14808 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14810 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14811 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14812 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14813 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14815 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14816 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14817 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14818 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14819 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14821 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14822 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14826 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14830 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14831 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14833 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14834 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14838 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14839 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14840 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14911 13087))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14843 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14844 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14846 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14847 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14849 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14851 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14853 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14855 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14856 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14857 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14858 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14859 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14860 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14861 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14863 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14865 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14866 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14867 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14868 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14870 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14871 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14872 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14873 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14875 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14876 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14877 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14879 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14880 Major mode to edit SQL.
14882 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14883 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14884 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14887 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14889 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14890 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14891 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14892 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14893 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14894 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14896 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14897 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14899 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14900 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14902 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14903 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14906 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14907 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14908 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14909 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14911 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14912 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14914 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14915 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14916 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14917 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14918 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14919 `default-process-coding-system'.
14921 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14923 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14924 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14926 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14927 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14930 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14931 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
14932 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
14934 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14937 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14938 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14939 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14940 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14941 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14942 `default-process-coding-system'.
14944 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14946 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14947 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14949 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14950 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14953 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14954 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14956 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14959 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14960 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14961 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14962 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14963 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14964 `default-process-coding-system'.
14966 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14968 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14969 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14971 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14972 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14974 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14975 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14978 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14979 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14980 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14982 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14983 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14985 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14986 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14987 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14988 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14989 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14990 `default-process-coding-system'.
14992 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14994 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14995 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14997 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14998 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15001 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15002 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15005 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15006 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15008 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15009 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15010 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15011 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15012 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15013 `default-process-coding-system'.
15015 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15017 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15018 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15020 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15021 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15024 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15025 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15027 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15028 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15030 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15031 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15032 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15033 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15034 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15035 `default-process-coding-system'.
15037 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15039 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15040 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15042 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15043 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15046 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15047 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15048 as defaults, if set.
15050 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15051 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15053 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15054 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15055 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15056 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15057 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15058 `default-process-coding-system'.
15060 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15062 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15063 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15065 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15066 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15069 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15070 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15072 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15073 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15075 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15076 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15077 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15078 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15079 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15080 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15081 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15082 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15084 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15085 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15087 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15091 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15092 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15093 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15094 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15095 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15096 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15099 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15100 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15102 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15104 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15106 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15108 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15109 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15110 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15111 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15112 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15113 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15115 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15117 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15118 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15119 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15120 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15121 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15122 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15123 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15125 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15126 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15127 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15128 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15129 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15130 then complete the stroke with button3.
15131 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15133 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15134 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15135 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15137 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15138 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15139 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15141 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15142 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15144 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15146 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15147 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15149 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15150 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15152 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15154 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15155 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15156 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15157 chronologically by command name.
15158 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15160 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15161 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15162 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15163 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15164 mode in all buffers when activated.
15165 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15168 > M-x global-set-stroke
15170 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15171 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15174 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15175 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15177 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15178 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15179 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15180 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15182 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15183 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15187 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15188 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15191 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15192 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15194 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15195 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15199 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15200 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15203 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15204 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15205 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15206 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15207 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15208 original message but it does require a few things:
15210 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15212 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15215 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15216 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15219 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15221 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15223 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15224 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15225 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15229 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15230 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15232 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15233 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15234 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15235 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15236 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15238 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15239 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15240 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15241 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15242 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15243 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15244 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15248 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15251 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15252 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15256 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513))
15257 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15259 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15260 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15261 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15262 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15263 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15264 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15265 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15267 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15268 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15269 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15270 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15272 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15273 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15277 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15278 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
15279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15281 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15282 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15283 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15284 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15285 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15286 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15288 Variables controlling indentation style:
15290 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15291 tcl-continued-indent-level
15292 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15294 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15295 documentation for details):
15296 tcl-tab-always-indent
15297 Controls action of TAB key.
15299 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15300 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15301 tcl-electric-hash-style
15302 Controls action of `#' key.
15303 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15304 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15305 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15306 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15307 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15308 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15310 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15311 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15312 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15316 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15318 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15319 Run inferior Tcl process.
15320 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15321 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15323 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15324 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15325 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15329 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
15330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15331 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15333 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15334 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15335 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15336 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15337 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15338 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15339 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15340 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15342 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15343 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15344 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15345 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15349 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14921
15351 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15353 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15354 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15355 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15356 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15357 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15358 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15360 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15361 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15363 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15364 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15368 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15370 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15372 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15373 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15374 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15375 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15376 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15377 program as keyboard input.
15379 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15380 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15381 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15382 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15384 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15385 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15386 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15387 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15388 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15390 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15392 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15393 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15394 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15395 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15397 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15398 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15399 subprocess started." t nil)
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15406 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15407 Play the Tetris game.
15408 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15409 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15410 as to form complete rows.
15412 tetris-mode keybindings:
15413 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15414 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15415 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15416 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15417 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15418 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15419 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15420 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15421 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15427 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15428 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15429 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15430 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15431 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15432 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15433 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15434 ;;;;;; (14890 7814))
15435 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15437 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15438 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15440 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15441 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15442 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15443 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15444 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15446 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15447 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15448 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15449 if it matches the first line of the file,
15450 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15452 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15453 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15454 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15455 if the variable is non-nil.")
15457 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15458 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15460 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15461 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15462 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15463 See the documentation of that variable.")
15465 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15466 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15467 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15468 See the documentation of that variable.")
15470 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15471 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15472 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15473 See the documentation of that variable.")
15475 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15476 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15477 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15478 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15480 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15481 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15482 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15484 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15485 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15486 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15487 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15489 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15490 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15491 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15492 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15494 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15495 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15496 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15497 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15499 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15500 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15503 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15504 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15506 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15509 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15510 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15511 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15512 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15514 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15515 window system being used. For example,
15517 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15518 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15520 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15523 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15524 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15525 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15527 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15528 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15529 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15530 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15531 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15533 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15534 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15536 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15537 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15539 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15540 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15541 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15542 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15543 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15544 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15545 says which mode to use." t nil)
15547 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15549 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15551 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15553 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15554 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15555 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15556 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15557 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15559 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15560 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15561 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15562 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15563 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15564 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15565 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15567 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15568 mismatched $'s or braces.
15575 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15577 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15578 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15579 tex-dvi-print-command
15580 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15581 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15582 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15583 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15584 tex-dvi-view-command
15585 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15586 tex-show-queue-command
15587 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15588 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15590 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15591 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15592 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15594 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15595 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15596 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15597 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15598 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15600 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15601 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15602 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15603 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15604 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15605 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15606 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15608 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15609 mismatched $'s or braces.
15616 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15618 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15619 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15620 tex-dvi-print-command
15621 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15622 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15623 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15624 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15625 tex-dvi-view-command
15626 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15627 tex-show-queue-command
15628 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15629 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15631 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15632 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15633 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15635 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15636 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15637 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15638 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15639 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15641 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15642 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15643 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15644 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15645 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15646 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15647 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15649 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15650 mismatched $'s or braces.
15657 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15659 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15660 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15661 tex-dvi-print-command
15662 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15663 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15664 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15665 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15666 tex-dvi-view-command
15667 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15668 tex-show-queue-command
15669 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15670 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15672 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15673 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15674 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15675 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15681 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15682 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
15683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15685 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15686 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15687 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15688 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15690 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15691 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15692 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15694 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15695 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15696 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15697 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15698 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15700 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15701 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15702 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15703 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15705 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15706 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15707 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15708 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15710 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15711 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
15716 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14952 28430))
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15719 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
15720 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15722 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
15723 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15725 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15726 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15728 It has these extra commands:
15729 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15731 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15732 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15733 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15734 modified version of TeX input format.
15736 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15737 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15738 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15739 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15741 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15742 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15743 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15744 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15745 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15746 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15747 in the Texinfo file.
15749 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15750 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15751 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15752 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15753 move forward past the closing brace.
15755 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15756 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15758 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15759 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15760 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15762 Here are the functions:
15764 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15765 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15766 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15768 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15769 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15770 texinfo-master-menu
15772 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15774 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15775 which menu descriptions are indented.
15777 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15778 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15781 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15782 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15783 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15784 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15786 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15787 be the first node in the file.
15790 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15791 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15795 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15796 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15797 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15798 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15800 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15801 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15802 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15803 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15805 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15806 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15808 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15809 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15811 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15813 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15814 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15815 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15816 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15819 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15823 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15824 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15825 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15828 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15829 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15831 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15832 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15833 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15834 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15835 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15837 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15838 a symbol as a valid THING.
15840 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15841 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15843 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15844 Return the THING at point.
15845 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15846 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15847 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15849 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15850 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15852 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15854 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15856 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15858 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15863 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15864 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15865 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15866 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15870 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15871 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15872 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15874 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15875 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15877 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15878 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15879 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15881 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15882 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15884 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15885 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15887 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15888 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15889 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15890 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15892 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15893 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15894 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15895 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15897 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15899 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15900 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15901 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15903 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15904 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15905 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15907 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15909 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15913 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15914 ;;;;;; (14883 35658))
15915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15917 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15918 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15919 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15920 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15922 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15924 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15925 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15926 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15927 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15929 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15934 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15937 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15938 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15940 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15941 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15942 This display updates automatically every minute.
15943 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15944 are displayed as well.
15945 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15947 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15948 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
15949 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15951 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15953 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15955 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15957 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15958 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15959 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15961 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15962 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15963 are displayed as well.
15964 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15968 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15969 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
15972 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15973 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
15975 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15976 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
15977 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
15981 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15982 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14962 39486))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15985 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15986 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15987 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15988 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15989 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15990 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15991 look like one of the following:
15994 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15995 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15996 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15997 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15998 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15999 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16002 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16003 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16004 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16008 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16009 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16010 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16011 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16012 ;;;;;; (14845 20873))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16015 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16016 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16017 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16018 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16019 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16020 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16021 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16022 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16024 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16025 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16026 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16027 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16028 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16029 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16030 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16031 this function is called within a day.
16033 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16034 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16035 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16036 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16038 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16039 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16040 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16041 begun during the last time segment.
16043 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16044 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16045 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16046 discover the reason." t nil)
16048 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16049 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16051 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16052 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16053 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16054 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16055 project you were working on." t nil)
16057 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16058 Ask the user before clocking out.
16059 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16061 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16062 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16063 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16065 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16066 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16067 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16068 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16069 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16070 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16072 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16073 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16074 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16075 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16077 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16078 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16079 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16080 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16081 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16082 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16083 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16084 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16089 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16090 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16091 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16092 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16094 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16096 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16097 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16099 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16100 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16102 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16103 Perform an action at time TIME.
16104 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16105 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16106 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16107 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16108 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16109 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16111 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16113 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16114 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16115 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16116 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16117 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16119 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16121 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16122 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16123 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16124 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16126 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16127 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16128 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16129 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16131 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16132 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16134 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16135 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16137 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16138 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16139 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16140 The call should look like:
16141 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16142 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16143 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16144 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16145 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16149 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16150 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
16151 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16153 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16154 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16155 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16156 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16158 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16159 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16160 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16161 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16162 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16163 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16164 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16168 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16169 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24587))
16170 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16171 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16172 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16173 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16175 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16176 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16177 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16178 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16179 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16181 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16182 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16183 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16184 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16185 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16187 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16188 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16189 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16190 in the menu in two ways:
16191 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16192 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16193 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16195 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16196 keymap or an alist of alists.
16197 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16198 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16202 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16203 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16204 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509))
16205 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16207 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16208 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16210 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16211 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16213 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16214 Insert new TODO list entry.
16215 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16218 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16219 List top priorities for each category.
16221 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16222 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16224 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16225 between each category." t nil)
16227 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16228 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16229 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16230 between each category.
16232 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16234 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16235 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16237 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16239 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16240 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16242 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16243 Show TODO list." t nil)
16247 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16248 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14956 17970))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16251 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16252 Toggle Tool-Bar mode on or off.
16253 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16255 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16257 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16259 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16261 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16262 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16263 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16265 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16266 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16268 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16269 Add an item to the tool bar.
16270 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16271 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16272 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16273 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16275 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
16276 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
16279 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16280 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16281 function." nil nil)
16283 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16284 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16285 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16286 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16287 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16288 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16289 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16291 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16292 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16293 function." nil nil)
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16298 ;;;;;; (14950 65294))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16301 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16302 Mode for tooltip display.
16303 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16305 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16306 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16308 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16310 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16312 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16320 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16322 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16324 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16325 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16329 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16330 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62442))
16331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16333 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16334 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16336 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16337 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16339 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16340 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16344 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16347 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16348 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16349 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16350 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16351 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16355 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16356 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16359 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16360 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16362 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16363 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16364 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16365 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16366 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16367 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16368 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16369 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16371 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16372 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16373 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16374 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16375 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16376 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16377 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16381 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16382 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16384 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16385 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16386 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16388 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16389 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16390 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16391 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16392 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16393 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16394 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16396 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16397 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16398 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16399 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16401 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16403 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16404 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16405 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16406 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16407 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16408 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16409 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16411 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16412 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16414 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16417 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16419 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16424 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16425 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16426 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16429 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16430 Toggle typing break mode.
16431 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16432 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16433 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16435 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16437 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16439 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16440 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16442 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16443 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16445 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16446 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16447 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16449 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16450 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16452 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16453 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16454 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16456 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16457 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16458 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16459 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16460 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16461 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16463 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16464 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16465 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16466 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16468 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16469 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16471 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16472 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16474 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16475 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16476 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16478 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16479 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16480 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16481 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16482 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16483 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16484 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16486 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16487 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16489 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16490 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16491 reset the keystroke counter.
16493 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16494 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16495 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16496 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16498 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16499 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16500 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16501 `type-break-schedule' command.
16503 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16504 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16505 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16506 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16507 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16508 or not to continue.
16510 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16511 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16512 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16513 approximate good values for this.
16515 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16516 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16518 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16519 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16520 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16521 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16522 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16523 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16525 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16526 a typing break occur. They include:
16528 `type-break-query-mode'
16529 `type-break-query-function'
16530 `type-break-query-interval'
16532 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16534 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16535 Take a typing break.
16537 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16538 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16540 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16541 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16543 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16544 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16545 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16546 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16548 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16549 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16551 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16552 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16553 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16554 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16555 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16556 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16557 average typing speed.)
16559 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16560 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16561 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16562 the computed maximum threshold.
16564 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16565 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16566 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16567 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16568 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16573 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16576 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16577 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16578 Works by overstriking underscores.
16579 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16580 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16582 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16583 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16584 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16585 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16589 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16590 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16593 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16594 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16595 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16597 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16598 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16599 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16600 following the containing message." t nil)
16604 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16605 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16606 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16608 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16609 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16610 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16611 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16612 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16613 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16615 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16616 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16620 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16621 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
16622 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16624 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16625 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16626 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16627 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16628 to refrain from editing the file
16629 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16630 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16631 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16632 in any way you like." nil nil)
16634 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16635 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16636 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16637 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16638 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16640 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16641 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16645 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16646 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
16647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16649 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16650 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16651 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16652 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16654 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16655 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16656 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16661 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16662 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16663 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16664 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16665 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14941 34892))
16666 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16668 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16669 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16672 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16673 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16676 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16677 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16678 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16679 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16680 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16681 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16683 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16684 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16685 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16686 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16687 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16689 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16690 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16692 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16693 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16695 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16696 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16697 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16698 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16699 lock steals will raise an error.
16701 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16703 For RCS and SCCS files:
16704 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16706 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16707 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16708 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16709 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16710 it performs a revert.
16711 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16712 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16713 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16714 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16715 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16716 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16717 the option to steal the lock.
16720 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16721 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16722 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16723 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16724 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16725 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16726 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16727 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16728 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16730 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16731 Register the current file into a version control system.
16732 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16733 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16735 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16736 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16737 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16738 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16739 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16740 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16742 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16743 Display diffs between file versions.
16744 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16745 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16746 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16747 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16749 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16750 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16751 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16752 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16754 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16755 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16756 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16757 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16759 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16760 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16761 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16762 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16763 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16764 from the current branch.
16766 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16768 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16769 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16770 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16772 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16773 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16775 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16777 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16778 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16780 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16781 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16782 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16783 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16784 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16785 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16787 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16788 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16789 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16790 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16791 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16792 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16794 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16795 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16797 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16798 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16799 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16800 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16801 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16803 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16804 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16805 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16807 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16808 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16810 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16811 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16812 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16815 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16817 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16818 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16819 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16821 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16822 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16824 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16825 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16826 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16827 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
16828 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
16831 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16832 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16833 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16834 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14961 12689))
16839 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16840 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16841 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16842 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16844 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16848 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16849 ;;;;;; (14940 15185))
16850 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16852 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16853 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16854 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16856 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16860 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16861 ;;;;;; (14940 15185))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16864 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16865 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16866 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16868 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16870 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16871 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16872 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16873 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16877 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16878 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16881 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16882 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16887 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16888 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16889 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16890 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16891 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16892 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16893 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16894 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16895 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16896 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16897 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16898 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16899 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16900 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16901 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16902 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16903 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16904 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16905 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16907 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16908 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16909 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16911 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16912 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16913 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16914 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16915 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16916 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16917 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16918 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16919 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16921 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16922 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16923 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16924 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16925 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16926 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16927 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16928 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16930 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16931 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16932 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16935 `--' puts a single comment.
16936 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16937 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16938 comment in between.
16939 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16941 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16942 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16944 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16945 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16946 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16947 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16948 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16949 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16950 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16951 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16952 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16953 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16954 multi-line comments.
16956 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16957 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16958 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16959 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16960 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16961 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16962 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16963 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16964 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16966 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16967 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16968 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16969 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16970 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16971 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
16972 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
16973 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
16974 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
16975 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
16977 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
16978 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
16979 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
16980 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
16981 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
16982 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
16983 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
16984 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
16985 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
16986 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
16987 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
16988 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
16989 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
16991 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
16993 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
16996 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
16998 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
16999 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17000 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17001 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17002 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17004 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17005 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17006 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17007 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17008 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17009 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17010 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17011 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17012 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17014 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17015 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17016 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17017 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17020 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17021 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17022 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17023 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17024 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17025 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17027 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17028 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17029 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17030 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17031 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17032 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17033 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17034 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17035 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17036 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17037 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17039 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17040 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17043 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17044 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17045 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17046 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17047 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17048 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17049 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17050 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17052 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17053 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17054 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17055 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17056 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17057 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17059 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17060 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17061 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17062 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17063 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17065 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17066 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17067 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17068 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17069 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17071 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17072 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17073 highlighted if written in lower case.
17075 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17076 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17079 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17080 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17081 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17083 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17084 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17085 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17087 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17088 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17089 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17091 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17092 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17093 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17094 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17095 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17096 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17097 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17099 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17100 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17101 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17102 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17103 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17105 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17106 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17107 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17108 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17111 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17117 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17118 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17120 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17122 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17123 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17124 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17125 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17127 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17128 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17129 version and release notes can be found.
17132 Bugs and Limitations:
17133 ---------------------
17135 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17136 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17137 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17138 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17139 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17140 does not work under XEmacs.
17143 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17144 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17149 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17153 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17156 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17157 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17158 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17159 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17161 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17162 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17163 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17164 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17165 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17167 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17168 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17170 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17172 * Limitations and unsupported features
17173 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17175 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17176 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17179 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17180 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17181 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17182 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17183 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17184 for undoing a repeated change command.
17185 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17186 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17187 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17190 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17191 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17192 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17193 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17194 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17195 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17196 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17197 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17199 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17203 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17204 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17205 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17206 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
17207 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17209 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17210 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17212 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17213 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17214 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17215 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17217 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17218 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17220 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17221 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17222 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17223 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17225 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17226 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17228 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17230 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17234 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17235 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17236 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17240 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17241 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17242 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17243 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17245 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17247 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17248 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17249 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17250 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17251 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17252 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17253 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17255 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17257 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17258 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17259 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17260 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17261 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17262 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17263 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17264 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17266 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17268 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17269 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17270 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17271 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17272 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17273 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17274 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17275 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17277 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17279 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17280 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17281 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17282 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17283 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17284 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17285 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17287 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17289 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17290 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17291 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17293 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17294 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17295 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17296 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17297 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17298 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17299 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17300 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17302 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17304 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17305 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17306 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17308 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17309 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17310 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17311 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17312 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17313 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17314 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17315 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17317 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17319 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17320 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17321 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17323 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17324 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17325 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17327 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17328 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17329 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17332 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17333 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17334 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17335 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17336 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17338 H, h, ? This message.
17339 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17340 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17341 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17342 > move to the end of buffer.
17343 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17344 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17345 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17346 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17347 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17348 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17349 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17350 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17351 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17352 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17353 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17354 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17355 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17356 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17357 Use this to view a changing file.
17358 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17359 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17360 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17362 x exchanges point and mark.
17363 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17364 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17365 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17366 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17367 ' go to position saved in character register.
17368 s do forward incremental search.
17369 r do reverse incremental search.
17370 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17371 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17372 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17373 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17374 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17375 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17376 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17377 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17378 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17379 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17380 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17381 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17382 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17383 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17384 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17386 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17387 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17388 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17389 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17390 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17391 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17392 will return to that buffer.
17394 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17396 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17397 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17398 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17399 `view-return-to-alist'.
17400 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17401 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17402 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17404 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17405 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17406 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17407 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17408 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17410 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17411 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17412 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17413 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17415 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17417 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17419 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17420 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17427 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17428 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17433 ;;;;;; (14952 1209))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17436 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17437 Toggle Viper on/off.
17438 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17440 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17441 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
17446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17448 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17449 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17451 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17454 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17455 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17459 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17460 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14875 40521))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17463 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17464 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17466 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17468 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17470 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17472 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17474 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17475 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17476 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17477 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17479 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17480 and off otherwise." t nil)
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17485 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17486 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14933 40934))
17487 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17489 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17490 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17492 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17493 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17494 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17495 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17496 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17498 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17500 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17501 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17503 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17504 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17506 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17507 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17509 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17510 whitespace problems." t nil)
17512 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17513 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17515 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17516 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17519 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17522 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17524 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17526 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17527 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17529 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17530 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17532 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17533 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17534 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17535 replaced with TABS).
17536 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17537 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17539 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17541 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17542 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17544 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17545 i - Indentation whitespace.
17546 l - Leading whitespace.
17547 s - Space followed by Tab.
17548 t - Trailing whitespace.
17550 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17553 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17554 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17555 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17556 always they default to 8.)
17558 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17559 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17562 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17563 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17564 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17565 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17566 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17567 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17568 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17571 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17574 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17575 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17576 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17580 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17581 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808))
17582 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17584 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17585 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17587 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17588 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17590 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17591 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17593 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17594 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17595 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17599 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17600 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14956 5124))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17603 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17604 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17605 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17607 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17608 Create widget of TYPE.
17609 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17611 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17612 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17616 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17617 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17619 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17621 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17622 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17623 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17624 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17625 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17626 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17627 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17629 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17630 Select the window above the current one.
17631 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17632 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17633 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17634 negative ARG) of the current window.
17635 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17637 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17638 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17639 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17640 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17641 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17642 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17643 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17645 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17646 Select the window below the current one.
17647 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17648 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17649 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17650 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17651 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17653 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17654 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17659 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17662 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17663 Toggle winner-mode.
17664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17665 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17667 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17669 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17671 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17672 Toggle Winner mode.
17673 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17677 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17678 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14835 62039))
17679 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17681 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17682 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17683 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17684 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17685 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17686 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17687 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17688 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17690 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17691 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17693 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17694 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17696 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17697 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17698 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17699 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17700 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17701 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17702 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17703 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17707 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17708 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17711 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17712 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17715 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17716 are not implemented
17717 - Options for search and replace
17718 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17719 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17721 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17724 The key bindings are:
17734 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17736 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17737 C-l ws-repeat-search
17740 C-r scroll-down-line
17747 C-y kill-complete-line
17750 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17751 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17752 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17753 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17754 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17755 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17756 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17757 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17758 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17759 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17760 C-k b ws-begin-block
17761 C-k c ws-copy-block
17762 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17764 C-k h ws-show-markers
17765 C-k i ws-indent-block
17767 C-k p ws-print-block
17770 C-k s save-some-buffers
17772 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17773 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17774 C-k v ws-move-block
17775 C-k w ws-write-block
17777 C-k y ws-delete-block
17779 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17780 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17781 C-o j justify-current-line
17784 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17785 C-o r set-fill-column
17786 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17787 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17788 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17789 C-o wo other-window
17790 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17792 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17793 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17794 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17795 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17796 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17797 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17798 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17799 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17800 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17801 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17802 C-q a ws-query-replace
17803 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17804 C-q c end-of-buffer
17807 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17809 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17810 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17811 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17812 C-q w ws-last-error
17814 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17819 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17823 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17824 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17825 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17827 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17831 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17832 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17833 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17835 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17836 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17838 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17839 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17841 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17842 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17843 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17845 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17846 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17850 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
17851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17853 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17854 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17858 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17859 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
17860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17862 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17863 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17865 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17866 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17868 Zone-mode does two things:
17870 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17871 when saving the file
17873 - fontification" t nil)
17877 ;;; Local Variables:
17878 ;;; version-control: never
17879 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17880 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17882 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here